TWI867013B - Composition for forming protective layer, layered film, protective layer, laminate, kit, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device - Google Patents
Composition for forming protective layer, layered film, protective layer, laminate, kit, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TWI867013B TWI867013B TW109125293A TW109125293A TWI867013B TW I867013 B TWI867013 B TW I867013B TW 109125293 A TW109125293 A TW 109125293A TW 109125293 A TW109125293 A TW 109125293A TW I867013 B TWI867013 B TW I867013B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- protective layer
- group
- molecular weight
- mass
- forming composition
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
- C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
- C08K5/04—Oxygen-containing compounds
- C08K5/06—Ethers; Acetals; Ketals; Ortho-esters
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L29/00—Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an alcohol, ether, aldehydo, ketonic, acetal or ketal radical; Compositions of hydrolysed polymers of esters of unsaturated alcohols with saturated carboxylic acids; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
- C08L29/02—Homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated alcohols
- C08L29/04—Polyvinyl alcohol; Partially hydrolysed homopolymers or copolymers of esters of unsaturated alcohols with saturated carboxylic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L39/00—Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by a single or double bond to nitrogen or by a heterocyclic ring containing nitrogen; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
- C08L39/04—Homopolymers or copolymers of monomers containing heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as ring member
- C08L39/06—Homopolymers or copolymers of N-vinyl-pyrrolidones
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
- H05B33/00—Electroluminescent light sources
- H05B33/10—Apparatus or processes specially adapted to the manufacture of electroluminescent light sources
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K10/00—Organic devices specially adapted for rectifying, amplifying, oscillating or switching; Organic capacitors or resistors having potential barriers
- H10K10/80—Constructional details
- H10K10/88—Passivation; Containers; Encapsulations
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K30/00—Organic devices sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation
- H10K30/80—Constructional details
- H10K30/88—Passivation; Containers; Encapsulations
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K50/00—Organic light-emitting devices
- H10K50/80—Constructional details
- H10K50/84—Passivation; Containers; Encapsulations
- H10K50/844—Encapsulations
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02E—REDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
- Y02E10/00—Energy generation through renewable energy sources
- Y02E10/50—Photovoltaic [PV] energy
- Y02E10/549—Organic PV cells
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02P—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
- Y02P70/00—Climate change mitigation technologies in the production process for final industrial or consumer products
- Y02P70/50—Manufacturing or production processes characterised by the final manufactured product
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Electromagnetism (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
- Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
- Laminated Bodies (AREA)
- Formation Of Insulating Films (AREA)
- Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
Abstract
本發明提供一種保護層形成用組成物、應用所述保護層形成用組成物的層狀膜、保護層、積層體及半導體器件的製造方法,所述保護層形成用組成物含有水溶性樹脂、重量平均分子量為100以上且未滿2000並且具有多個氧伸烷基結構的化合物、及水。 The present invention provides a composition for forming a protective layer, a layered film using the composition for forming a protective layer, a protective layer, a laminate and a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, wherein the composition for forming a protective layer contains a water-soluble resin, a compound having a weight average molecular weight of 100 or more and less than 2000 and having a plurality of oxyalkylene structures, and water.
Description
本發明是有關於一種保護層形成用組成物、層狀膜、保護層、積層體、套組及半導體器件的製造方法。 The present invention relates to a composition for forming a protective layer, a layered film, a protective layer, a laminate, a kit, and a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device.
近年來,使用有機半導體的電子器件(device)(有機半導體器件)得到廣泛使用。與現有的使用矽等無機半導體的電子器件相比,有機半導體器件具有可藉由簡單的製程來製造的優點。進而,有機半導體能夠藉由改變其分子結構而容易地改變材料特性。另外,材料的變異性(variation)豐富,能夠實現無機半導體所無法達成般的功能或元件。有機半導體例如有可能應用於有機太陽電池、有機電致發光顯示器、有機光檢測器、有機場效電晶體、有機電場發光元件、氣體感測器、有機整流元件、有機反相器(organic inverter)、資訊記錄元件等電子設備中。 In recent years, electronic devices using organic semiconductors (organic semiconductor devices) have been widely used. Compared with existing electronic devices using inorganic semiconductors such as silicon, organic semiconductor devices have the advantage of being manufactured by simple processes. Furthermore, organic semiconductors can easily change material properties by changing their molecular structure. In addition, the material has rich variation and can realize functions or components that cannot be achieved by inorganic semiconductors. Organic semiconductors may be used in electronic devices such as organic solar cells, organic electroluminescent displays, organic photodetectors, organic field effect transistors, organic electric field luminescent elements, gas sensors, organic rectifier elements, organic inverters, and information recording elements.
有機半導體層般的有機層的主要圖案化方法例如有印刷法及微影(lithography)法,就微細加工的觀點而言,微影法有利。 The main patterning methods for organic layers such as organic semiconductor layers include printing and lithography. From the perspective of micro-processing, lithography is advantageous.
例如,專利文獻1中記載有如下方法,其是有機半導體層的圖案化方法,其中在基板上形成包含有機半導體層、水溶性 樹脂層及感光層的積層體,藉由光微影法對感光層進行圖案化,其後,將經圖案化的感光層作為遮罩來對水溶性樹脂層及有機半導體層進行乾式蝕刻,繼而去除水溶性樹脂層。此處,所述水溶性樹脂層藉由作為如下保護層發揮功能,即,保護有機半導體層不受圖案化時所使用的藥液(例如,用來對感光層進行顯影的顯影液)影響,從而起到降低有機半導體層的損傷的作用。 For example, Patent Document 1 describes a method for patterning an organic semiconductor layer, wherein a laminate including an organic semiconductor layer, a water-soluble resin layer, and a photosensitive layer is formed on a substrate, the photosensitive layer is patterned by photolithography, and then the water-soluble resin layer and the organic semiconductor layer are dry-etched using the patterned photosensitive layer as a mask, thereby removing the water-soluble resin layer. Here, the water-soluble resin layer functions as a protective layer, that is, protecting the organic semiconductor layer from the chemical solution used during patterning (for example, the developer used to develop the photosensitive layer), thereby reducing damage to the organic semiconductor layer.
[現有技術文獻] [Prior art literature]
[專利文獻] [Patent Literature]
[專利文獻1]日本專利特開2014-044810號公報 [Patent document 1] Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-044810
然而,現有的水溶性樹脂層(保護層)中,存在蝕刻後保護層容易產生裂紋,進而在去除保護層後在有機層上容易產生殘渣的問題。 However, the existing water-soluble resin layer (protective layer) has the problem that cracks are easily generated in the protective layer after etching, and residues are easily generated on the organic layer after the protective layer is removed.
本發明是鑒於所述問題而完成,目的在於提供一種保護層形成用組成物,其在利用微影法的有機層的圖案化中,可抑制蝕刻有機層後的保護層的裂紋、以及去除保護層後的有機層上的殘渣。 The present invention is made in view of the above-mentioned problem, and its purpose is to provide a composition for forming a protective layer, which can suppress cracks in the protective layer after etching the organic layer and residues on the organic layer after removing the protective layer in patterning of the organic layer using lithography.
另外,本發明的目的在於提供一種應用了所述保護層形成用組成物的層狀膜、保護層、積層體及半導體器件的製造方法。 In addition, the purpose of the present invention is to provide a method for manufacturing a layered film, a protective layer, a laminate, and a semiconductor device using the protective layer-forming composition.
藉由在用於形成含有水溶性樹脂的保護層的組成物 中,以規定的分子量添加具有多個氧伸烷基結構(-OR-:此處R表示伸烷基)的化合物,可解決所述課題。具體而言,藉由以下手段<1>、較佳為藉由<2>以後的手段,解決了所述課題。 The above problem can be solved by adding a compound having a plurality of oxyalkylene structures (-OR-: here R represents an alkylene group) at a predetermined molecular weight to a composition for forming a protective layer containing a water-soluble resin. Specifically, the above problem is solved by the following means <1>, preferably by means <2> and later.
<1> <1>
一種保護層形成用組成物,含有:水溶性樹脂;化合物,重量平均分子量為100以上且未滿2000並且具有多個氧伸烷基結構;以及水。 A protective layer forming composition comprising: a water-soluble resin; a compound having a weight average molecular weight of 100 or more and less than 2000 and having a plurality of oxyalkylene structures; and water.
<2> <2>
如<1>所述的保護層形成用組成物,其中所述化合物具有一個以上的羥基。 The protective layer forming composition as described in <1>, wherein the compound has one or more hydroxyl groups.
<3> <3>
如<2>所述的保護層形成用組成物,其中所述化合物所具有的羥基的個數為2~8。 The protective layer forming composition as described in <2>, wherein the number of hydroxyl groups possessed by the compound is 2 to 8.
<4> <4>
如<1>至<3>中任一項所述的保護層形成用組成物,其中所述化合物的重量平均分子量為1600以下。 A protective layer forming composition as described in any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the weight average molecular weight of the compound is 1600 or less.
<5> <5>
如<1>至<4>中任一項所述的保護層形成用組成物,其中作為所述化合物,含有下述式(OA-1)所表示的化合物,[化1]式(OA-1):
式(OA-1)中,Ra1表示氫原子或碳數1~20的烷基,Ra2在帶有n的每個結構單元中獨立地表示氫原子或下述式(OA-2)所表示的一價有機基,Ra3在帶有n的每個結構單元中獨立地表示氫原子或下述式(OA-2)所表示的一價有機基,m表示2~50的整數,n在帶有m的每個結構單元中獨立地表示1~20的整數,p表示0或1;
式(OA-2)中,Rb1在帶有q的每個結構單元中獨立地表示碳數1~20的伸烷基, q表示1~25的整數,r表示0或1。 In formula (OA-2), R b1 independently represents an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in each structural unit having q, q represents an integer of 1 to 25, and r represents 0 or 1.
<6> <6>
如<5>所述的保護層形成用組成物,其中式(OA-1)中,m為10以下。 The protective layer forming composition as described in <5>, wherein in the formula (OA-1), m is 10 or less.
<7> <7>
如<5>所述的保護層形成用組成物,其中式(OA-1)中,m為15~40。 The protective layer forming composition as described in <5>, wherein in the formula (OA-1), m is 15 to 40.
<8> <8>
如<5>至<7>中任一項所述的保護層形成用組成物,其中式(OA-1)中,n為10以下。 A protective layer forming composition as described in any one of <5> to <7>, wherein in formula (OA-1), n is 10 or less.
<9> <9>
如<1>至<8>中任一項所述的保護層形成用組成物,其中所述多個氧伸烷基結構包含氧伸乙基結構及氧伸丙基結構中的至少一種。 A protective layer forming composition as described in any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the plurality of oxyalkylene structures include at least one of an oxyethylene structure and an oxypropylene structure.
<10> <10>
如<1>至<9>中任一項所述的保護層形成用組成物,其中相對於水溶性樹脂的含量,所述化合物的含量為1質量%~30質量%。 A protective layer forming composition as described in any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the content of the compound is 1 mass % to 30 mass % relative to the content of the water-soluble resin.
<11> <11>
如<1>至<10>中任一項所述的保護層形成用組成物,其中氧伸烷基鏈的合計式量Moa相對於所述化合物的分子量Mall 的比例Moa/Mall以%表示計為50%以上。 The protective layer forming composition according to any one of <1> to <10>, wherein the ratio of the total formula weight Moa of the oxyalkylene chains to the molecular weight Malli of the compound ( Moa / Mall) is 50% or more in %.
<12> <12>
如<1>至<11>中任一項所述的保護層形成用組成物,其中所述化合物的沸點為200℃以上。 A protective layer forming composition as described in any one of <1> to <11>, wherein the boiling point of the compound is 200°C or higher.
<13> <13>
如<1>至<12>中任一項所述的保護層形成用組成物,其中水溶性樹脂包含選自由聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮及水溶性多糖類所組成的群組中的至少一種。 A protective layer forming composition as described in any one of <1> to <12>, wherein the water-soluble resin comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone and water-soluble polysaccharides.
<14> <14>
如<1>至<13>中任一項所述的保護層形成用組成物,其中作為水溶性樹脂,包含高分子量樹脂、及具有較高分子量樹脂的重量平均分子量更小的重量平均分子量的低分子量樹脂,低分子量樹脂的重量平均分子量為高分子量樹脂的重量平均分子量的一半以下。 A protective layer forming composition as described in any one of <1> to <13>, wherein the water-soluble resin comprises a high molecular weight resin and a low molecular weight resin having a weight average molecular weight smaller than the weight average molecular weight of the high molecular weight resin, and the weight average molecular weight of the low molecular weight resin is less than half of the weight average molecular weight of the high molecular weight resin.
<15> <15>
如<14>所述的保護層形成用組成物,其中相對於全部水溶性樹脂,高分子量樹脂的含量為30質量%以下。 The protective layer forming composition as described in <14>, wherein the content of the high molecular weight resin is 30% by mass or less relative to the total water-soluble resin.
<16> <16>
一種層狀膜,包含如<1>至<15>中任一項所述的保護層形成用組成物。 A layered film comprising a protective layer-forming composition as described in any one of <1> to <15>.
<17> <17>
一種保護層,其是由如<1>至<15>中任一項所述的保護層形成用組成物所形成。 A protective layer formed by the protective layer-forming composition described in any one of <1> to <15>.
<18> <18>
一種積層體,依序包括:基板、有機層及如<17>所述的保護層。 A laminate comprising, in sequence: a substrate, an organic layer, and a protective layer as described in <17>.
<19> <19>
如<18>所述的積層體,進而在保護層上包含感光層。 The laminate as described in <18> further includes a photosensitive layer on the protective layer.
<20> <20>
一種套組,其是用於形成積層體的套組,所述積層體依序包括有機層、保護有機層的保護層、及保護層上的感光層,所述套組包含:如<1>至<15>中任一項所述的保護層形成用組成物;以及用於形成感光層的感光層形成用組成物。 A kit for forming a laminate, the laminate comprising an organic layer, a protective layer for protecting the organic layer, and a photosensitive layer on the protective layer in sequence, the kit comprising: a protective layer forming composition as described in any one of <1> to <15>; and a photosensitive layer forming composition for forming a photosensitive layer.
<21> <21>
一種半導體器件的製造方法,包括:利用由如<1>至<15>中任一項所述的保護層形成用組成物形成的保護層對有機層進行圖案化。 A method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising: patterning an organic layer using a protective layer formed from a protective layer forming composition as described in any one of <1> to <15>.
藉由本發明的保護層形成用組成物,在利用微影法的有機層的圖案化中,可抑制蝕刻有機層後的保護層的裂紋、以及去除保護層後的有機層上的殘渣。並且,藉由本發明的保護層形成 用組成物,能夠提供應用其的層狀膜、保護層、積層體及半導體器件的製造方法。 The protective layer forming composition of the present invention can suppress cracks in the protective layer after etching the organic layer and residues on the organic layer after removing the protective layer during patterning of the organic layer by lithography. Furthermore, the protective layer forming composition of the present invention can provide a manufacturing method for a layered film, a protective layer, a laminate, and a semiconductor device using the same.
1:感光層 1: Photosensitive layer
1a:曝光顯影後的感光層 1a: Photosensitive layer after exposure and development
2:保護層 2: Protective layer
3:有機層 3: Organic layer
3a:加工後的有機層 3a: Organic layer after processing
4:基材 4: Base material
5:顯影後的感光層的去除部 5: Removal of the photosensitive layer after development
5a:蝕刻後的積層體的去除部 5a: The removed part of the laminate after etching
圖1的(a)~圖1的(d)是示意性表示應用保護層形成用組成物的積層體的加工過程的剖面圖。 Figure 1 (a) to Figure 1 (d) are cross-sectional views schematically showing the processing of a laminate using a protective layer forming composition.
以下,對本發明的代表性的實施方式進行說明。為便於說明,基於該代表性的實施方式來說明各構成要素,但本發明並不限定於此種實施方式。 The following is a description of a representative embodiment of the present invention. For the sake of convenience, each component is described based on the representative embodiment, but the present invention is not limited to this embodiment.
於本說明書中使用「~」的記號所表示的數值範圍是指包含「~」前後所記載的數值分別作為下限值及上限值的範圍。 The numerical range indicated by the symbol "~" in this manual refers to the range that includes the numerical values before and after "~" as the lower limit and upper limit respectively.
於本說明書中,「步驟」的用語不僅是指獨立的步驟,只要可達成該步驟的所期望的作用,則亦包括無法與其他步驟明確區分的步驟。 In this specification, the term "step" refers not only to independent steps, but also to steps that cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps as long as the desired effect of the step can be achieved.
關於本說明書中的基(原子團)的表述,未記載經取代及未經取代的表述是指不僅包含不具有取代基的基(原子團),而且亦包含具有取代基的基(原子團)。例如於僅記載為「烷基」的情況下,其是指包含不具有取代基的烷基(未經取代的烷基)、以及具有取代基的烷基(經取代的烷基)的兩者。另外,於僅記載為「烷基」的情況下,其是指可為鏈狀亦可為環狀,於鏈狀的情況下,是指可為直鏈亦可分支。該些對於「烯基」、「伸烷基」及 「伸烯基」等其他基亦為相同含義。 Regarding the description of the base (atomic group) in this specification, the description without mentioning substitution and unsubstituted means that it includes not only the base (atomic group) without substitution but also the base (atomic group) with substitution. For example, when only "alkyl" is mentioned, it means both the alkyl group without substitution (unsubstituted alkyl) and the alkyl group with substitution (substituted alkyl). In addition, when only "alkyl" is mentioned, it means that it can be a chain or a ring, and in the case of a chain, it means that it can be a straight chain or a branch. The same meaning applies to other groups such as "alkenyl", "alkylene" and "alkenylene".
於本說明書中所謂「曝光」,只要無特別說明,則是指不僅包含利用光的描畫,亦包含利用電子束、離子束等粒子束的描畫。作為描畫中使用的能量線,可列舉水銀燈的明線光譜、準分子雷射所代表的遠紫外線、極紫外線(極紫外光(extreme ultraviolet light,EUV光))及X射線等光化射線、以及電子束及離子束等粒子束。 In this manual, "exposure" includes not only drawing with light, but also drawing with particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Energy rays used for drawing include the bright line spectrum of mercury lamps, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), actinic rays such as X-rays, and particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams.
於本說明書中,只要無特別說明,則「光」不僅包含紫外、近紫外、遠紫外、可見、紅外等區域的波長的光、或電磁波,而且亦包含放射線。放射線例如包括微波、電子束、極紫外線(EUV)、X射線。另外,亦可使用248nm準分子雷射、193nm準分子雷射、172nm準分子雷射等雷射光。該些光可使用穿過光學濾波器的單色光(單一波長光),亦可為包含多個波長的光(複合光)。 In this specification, unless otherwise specified, "light" includes not only light of wavelengths in the ultraviolet, near-ultraviolet, far-ultraviolet, visible, infrared and other regions, or electromagnetic waves, but also radiation. Radiation includes, for example, microwaves, electron beams, extreme ultraviolet (EUV), and X-rays. In addition, laser light such as 248nm excimer laser, 193nm excimer laser, and 172nm excimer laser can also be used. These lights can use monochromatic light (single wavelength light) that passes through an optical filter, or light containing multiple wavelengths (composite light).
於本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」是指「丙烯酸酯」及「甲基丙烯酸酯」的兩者或任一者,「(甲基)丙烯酸」是指「丙烯酸」及「甲基丙烯酸」的兩者或任一者,「(甲基)丙烯醯基」是指「丙烯醯基」及「甲基丙烯醯基」的兩者或任一者。 In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" refers to both or either "acrylate" and "methacrylate", "(meth)acrylic acid" refers to both or either "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid", and "(meth)acryl" refers to both or either "acryl" and "methacryl".
於本說明書中,組成物中的固體成分是指除溶劑以外的其他成分,組成物中的固體成分的含量(濃度)只要無特別描述則是由除溶劑以外的其他成分相對於該組成物的總質量的質量百分率來表示。 In this specification, the solid components in a composition refer to the components other than the solvent. The content (concentration) of the solid components in a composition is expressed as the mass percentage of the components other than the solvent relative to the total mass of the composition unless otherwise specified.
於本說明書中,只要無特別描述,則溫度為23℃,氣壓為101325Pa(一個氣壓)。 In this manual, unless otherwise specified, the temperature is 23°C and the air pressure is 101325Pa (one atmosphere).
於本說明書中,只要無特別描述,則重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)是依據凝膠滲透層析法(gel permeation chromatography)(GPC測定),表示為聚苯乙烯換算值。該重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)例如可藉由使用HLC-8220(東曹(股)製造),並使用保護管柱HZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000及TSKgel Super HZ2000(東曹(股)製造)作為管柱來求出。另外,只要無特別描述,則設為使用四氫呋喃(tetrahydrofuran,THF)作為溶離液進行測定。另外,只要無特別描述,則設為於GPC測定的檢測中使用紫外線(UV線)的波長254nm檢測器。 In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are expressed as polystyrene-equivalent values according to gel permeation chromatography (GPC measurement). The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) can be obtained, for example, by using HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.) and guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000 and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.) as columns. In addition, unless otherwise specified, tetrahydrofuran (THF) is used as the eluent for measurement. In addition, unless otherwise specified, it is assumed that an ultraviolet light (UV light) detector with a wavelength of 254 nm is used in the GPC measurement.
於本說明書中,關於構成積層體的各層的位置關係,當記載為「上」或「下」時,只要於所關注的多個層中成為基準的層的上側或下側存在其他層即可。即,可更有第三層或要素介於作為基準的層與所述其他層之間,作為基準的層與所述其他層不需要接觸。另外,只要無特別說明,則將層相對於基材重疊的方向稱為「上」,或者,於存在感光層的情況下,將自基材朝向感光層的方向稱為「上」,將其相反方向稱為「下」。再者,此種上下方向的設定是為了於本說明書中便於說明,於實際的態樣中,本說明書中的「上」方向亦可能與鉛垂向上不同。 In this specification, when the positional relationship of each layer constituting a laminate is described as "upper" or "lower", it is sufficient that other layers exist on the upper side or lower side of the layer serving as a reference among the multiple layers concerned. That is, there may be a third layer or element between the layer serving as a reference and the other layers, and the layer serving as a reference and the other layers do not need to be in contact. In addition, unless otherwise specified, the direction in which the layers are overlapped with respect to the substrate is referred to as "upper", or, in the case of a photosensitive layer, the direction from the substrate toward the photosensitive layer is referred to as "upper", and the opposite direction is referred to as "lower". Furthermore, this setting of up and down directions is for the convenience of explanation in this manual. In actual situations, the "up" direction in this manual may also be different from the vertical direction.
<保護層形成用組成物> <Composition for forming protective layer>
本發明的保護層形成用組成物含有水溶性樹脂、重量平均分子量為100以上且未滿2000並且具有多個氧伸烷基結構的化合物(以下亦稱為「特定親水性化合物」)、及水。另外,保護層形成用組成物根據需要亦可包含其他成分。本發明的保護層形成用組成物用於形成後述的積層體中所含的保護層。 The protective layer forming composition of the present invention contains a water-soluble resin, a compound having a weight average molecular weight of 100 or more and less than 2000 and having a plurality of oxyalkylene structures (hereinafter also referred to as a "specific hydrophilic compound"), and water. In addition, the protective layer forming composition may also contain other components as needed. The protective layer forming composition of the present invention is used to form a protective layer contained in the laminate described later.
本發明中,藉由保護層形成用組成物含有特定親水性化合物,在利用微影法的有機層的圖案化中,可抑制蝕刻有機層後的保護層的裂紋、以及去除保護層後的有機層上的殘渣。 In the present invention, since the protective layer forming composition contains a specific hydrophilic compound, cracks in the protective layer after etching the organic layer and residues on the organic layer after removing the protective layer can be suppressed during patterning of the organic layer using lithography.
其理由並不確定,但認為如下。於具有多個氧伸烷基結構的化合物中,例如二乙二醇般分子量小的化合物在常溫(23℃左右)下為液體,若將其混合至樹脂中,則可預想樹脂軟質化。另一方面,已知例如聚乙二醇般分子量比較大的化合物一般可作為樹脂的塑化劑使用。因此,推測藉由保護層形成用組成物含有特定親水性化合物,使用該組成物形成的保護層軟質化。結果,保護層容易追隨基底的階差,進而保護層中的應力容易緩和,藉此認為抑制在保護層產生裂紋。另外,特定親水性化合物的重量平均分子量未滿2000,其小於水溶性樹脂的重量平均分子量。因此,與水溶性樹脂相比,特定親水性化合物可稱之為容易在保護層形成用組成物中移動的材料。藉此,推測在將保護層形成用組成物塗佈於有機層上時,特定親水性化合物較水溶性樹脂更迅速地吸附於有機層的親水性部位。結果,有機層與水溶性樹脂的吸 附點減少,容易去除在有機層上形成的保護層,藉此認為抑制有機層上的殘渣。 The reason is not certain, but it is believed to be as follows. Among compounds having multiple alkylene oxide structures, compounds with a small molecular weight such as diethylene glycol are liquid at room temperature (around 23°C), and if they are mixed into a resin, it can be expected that the resin will soften. On the other hand, it is known that compounds with a relatively large molecular weight such as polyethylene glycol can generally be used as plasticizers for resins. Therefore, it is speculated that the protective layer formed by the protective layer forming composition containing a specific hydrophilic compound is softened. As a result, the protective layer easily follows the step difference of the substrate, and the stress in the protective layer is easily relaxed, thereby suppressing the generation of cracks in the protective layer. In addition, the weight average molecular weight of the specific hydrophilic compound is less than 2000, which is smaller than the weight average molecular weight of the water-soluble resin. Therefore, the specific hydrophilic compound can be said to be a material that easily moves in the protective layer forming composition compared to the water-soluble resin. Therefore, it is inferred that when the protective layer forming composition is applied to the organic layer, the specific hydrophilic compound is adsorbed to the hydrophilic part of the organic layer more quickly than the water-soluble resin. As a result, the adsorption points between the organic layer and the water-soluble resin are reduced, and the protective layer formed on the organic layer is easily removed, which is considered to suppress the residue on the organic layer.
以下,對本發明的保護層形成用組成物的各成分進行詳細說明。 The following is a detailed description of each component of the protective layer forming composition of the present invention.
<<水溶性樹脂>> <<Water-soluble resin>>
水溶性樹脂是指相對於23℃下的水100g而溶解1g以上的樹脂。並且,水溶性樹脂較佳為相對於23℃下的水100g而溶解5g以上的樹脂,更佳為溶解10g以上的樹脂,進而佳為溶解30g以上的樹脂。溶解量並不特別存在上限,但實際上為100g左右。 A water-soluble resin refers to a resin that dissolves 1 g or more in 100 g of water at 23°C. In addition, a water-soluble resin preferably dissolves 5 g or more in 100 g of water at 23°C, more preferably 10 g or more, and even more preferably 30 g or more. There is no particular upper limit to the amount of dissolution, but in practice it is about 100 g.
水溶性樹脂較佳為包含親水性基的樹脂,作為親水性基,可例示羥基、羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基、醯胺基、醯亞胺基等。 The water-soluble resin is preferably a resin containing a hydrophilic group, and examples of the hydrophilic group include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, an amide group, an imide group, and the like.
作為水溶性樹脂,具體而言可列舉:聚乙烯吡咯啶酮(polyvinyl pyrrolidone,PVP)、聚乙烯醇(polyvinyl alcohol,PVA)、水溶性多糖類(水溶性的纖維素(甲基纖維素、羧甲基纖維素、羥乙基纖維素、羥丙基纖維素、羥乙基甲基纖維素、羥丙基甲基纖維素、丙基甲基纖維素等)、聚三葡萄糖(pullulan)或聚三葡萄糖衍生物、澱粉(羥丙基澱粉、羧甲基澱粉等)、幾丁聚醣(chitosan)、環糊精)、聚環氧乙烷、聚乙基噁唑啉、羥甲基三聚氰胺、聚丙烯醯胺、酚樹脂、苯乙烯/馬來酸半酯等。另外,可自該些中選擇兩種以上來使用,亦可作為共聚物來使用。於本發明中,保護層形成用組成物較佳為包含該些樹脂中的選自由聚乙烯吡咯啶酮、聚乙烯醇、水溶性多糖類、聚三葡萄糖及聚三葡萄 糖衍生物所組成的群組中的至少一種,較佳為包含選自由聚乙烯吡咯啶酮、聚乙烯醇及水溶性多糖類所組成的群組中的至少一種。水溶性多糖類特佳為纖維素,更佳為羥乙基纖維素。 Specific examples of the water-soluble resin include polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), water-soluble polysaccharides (water-soluble cellulose (methylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxyethylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, propylmethylcellulose, etc.), pullulan or polytrisucrose derivatives, starch (hydroxypropyl starch, carboxymethyl starch, etc.), chitosan, cyclodextrin), polyethylene oxide, polyethyloxazoline, hydroxymethylmelamine, polyacrylamide, phenolic resin, styrene/maleic acid half ester, etc. In addition, two or more of these can be selected for use, and they can also be used as copolymers. In the present invention, the protective layer forming composition preferably includes at least one selected from the group consisting of polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, water-soluble polysaccharides, polytrisaccharide and polytrisaccharide derivatives among these resins, and preferably includes at least one selected from the group consisting of polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol and water-soluble polysaccharides. The water-soluble polysaccharide is particularly preferably cellulose, and more preferably hydroxyethyl cellulose.
具體而言,本發明中,保護層形成用組成物中所含的水溶性樹脂較佳為包含式(P1-1)~式(P4-1)的任一者所表示的重複單元的樹脂。 Specifically, in the present invention, the water-soluble resin contained in the protective layer forming composition is preferably a resin containing a repeating unit represented by any one of formula (P1-1) to formula (P4-1).
式(P1-1)~式(P4-1)中,RP1表示氫原子或甲基,RP2表示氫原子或甲基,RP3表示(CH2CH2O)maH、CH2COONa或氫原子,ma表示1或2。 In formula (P1-1) to formula (P4-1), RP1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, RP2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, RP3 represents (CH 2 CH 2 O) ma H, CH 2 COONa or a hydrogen atom, and ma represents 1 or 2.
〔包含式(P1-1)所表示的重複單元的樹脂〕 [Resin containing the repeating unit represented by formula (P1-1)]
式(P1-1)中,RP1較佳為氫原子。 In formula (P1-1), R P1 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
包含式(P1-1)所表示的重複單元的樹脂亦可更包含與式(P1-1)所表示的重複單元不同的重複單元。包含式(P1-1)所表示的重複單元的樹脂中,相對於樹脂的總質量,較佳為包含65質量%~90質量%、更佳為包含70質量%~88質量%的式(P1-1)所表示的重複單元。 The resin containing the repeating unit represented by formula (P1-1) may also contain a repeating unit different from the repeating unit represented by formula (P1-1). In the resin containing the repeating unit represented by formula (P1-1), the repeating unit represented by formula (P1-1) is preferably contained in an amount of 65% to 90% by mass, and more preferably 70% to 88% by mass, relative to the total mass of the resin.
作為包含式(P1-1)所表示的重複單元的樹脂,可列舉包含下述式(P1-2)所表示的兩個重複單元的樹脂。 As a resin containing the repeating unit represented by formula (P1-1), a resin containing two repeating units represented by the following formula (P1-2) can be cited.
式(P1-2)中,RP11分別獨立地表示氫原子或甲基,RP12表示取代基,np1及np2表示以質量基準計的分子中的重複單元的構成比率。 In formula (P1-2), R P11 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R P12 represents a substituent, and np1 and np2 represent the constituent ratio of the repeating unit in the molecule on a mass basis.
式(P1-2)中,RP11與式(P1-1)中的RP1含義相同,較佳的態樣亦相同。 In formula (P1-2), R P11 has the same meaning as R P1 in formula (P1-1), and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
式(P1-2)中,作為RP12,可列舉由-LP-TP所表示的基。LP為單鍵或後述的連結基L。TP為取代基,可列舉後述的取代基T的例子。其中,作為RP12,較佳為烷基(較佳為碳數1~12,更佳為1~6,進而佳為1~3)、烯基(較佳為碳數2~12,更佳為2 ~6,進而佳為2~3)、炔基(較佳為碳數2~12,更佳為2~6,進而佳為2~3)、芳基(較佳為碳數6~22,更佳為6~18,進而佳為6~10)或芳基烷基(較佳為碳數7~23,更佳為7~19,進而佳為7~11)等烴基。該些烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、芳基烷基亦可在發揮本發明的效果的範圍內更具有由取代基T所規定的基。 In formula (P1-2), as R P12 , a group represented by -LP - TP can be listed. L P is a single bond or a linking group L described later. TP is a substituent, and examples of the substituent T described later can be listed. Among them, as R P12 , a alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkynyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms) or an arylalkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms) is preferred. These alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, aryl groups, and arylalkyl groups may further have a group specified by the substituent T within the range where the effects of the present invention are exhibited.
式(P1-2)中,np1及np2表示以質量基準計的分子中的重複單元的構成比率,分別獨立地為10質量%以上且未滿100質量%。但是,np1+np2不會超過100質量%。np1+np2未滿100質量%的情況是指水溶性樹脂為包含其他重複單元的共聚物。 In formula (P1-2), np1 and np2 represent the composition ratio of the repeating unit in the molecule on a mass basis, and are independently 10% by mass or more and less than 100% by mass. However, np1+np2 will not exceed 100% by mass. When np1+np2 is less than 100% by mass, it means that the water-soluble resin is a copolymer containing other repeating units.
〔包含式(P2-1)所表示的重複單元的樹脂〕 [Resin containing the repeating unit represented by formula (P2-1)]
式(P2-1)中,RP2較佳為氫原子。 In formula (P2-1), R P2 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
包含式(P2-1)所表示的重複單元的樹脂可更包含與式(P2-1)所表示的重複單元不同的重複單元。包含式(P2-1)所表示的重複單元的樹脂中,相對於樹脂的總質量,較佳為包含50質量%~98質量%、更佳為包含70質量%~98質量%的式(P2-1)所表示的重複單元。 The resin containing the repeating unit represented by formula (P2-1) may further contain repeating units different from the repeating units represented by formula (P2-1). In the resin containing the repeating unit represented by formula (P2-1), the repeating unit represented by formula (P2-1) is preferably contained in an amount of 50% to 98% by mass, and more preferably 70% to 98% by mass, relative to the total mass of the resin.
作為包含式(P2-1)所表示的重複單元的樹脂,可列舉包含下述式(P2-2)所表示的兩個重複單元的樹脂。 As a resin containing the repeating unit represented by formula (P2-1), a resin containing two repeating units represented by the following formula (P2-2) can be cited.
[化5]
式(P2-2)中,RP21分別獨立地表示氫原子或甲基,RP22表示取代基,mp1及mp2表示以質量基準計的分子中的重複單元的構成比率。 In formula (P2-2), R P21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R P22 represents a substituent, and mp1 and mp2 represent the constituent ratio of the repeating unit in the molecule on a mass basis.
式(P2-2)中,RP21與式(P2-1)中的RP2含義相同,較佳的態樣亦相同。 In formula (P2-2), R P21 has the same meaning as R P2 in formula (P2-1), and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
式(P2-2)中,作為RP22,可列舉由-LP-TP所表示的基。LP為單鍵或後述的連結基L。TP為取代基,可列舉後述的取代基T的例子。其中,作為RP22,較佳為烷基(較佳為碳數1~12,更佳為1~6,進而佳為1~3)、烯基(較佳為碳數2~12,更佳為2~6,進而佳為2~3)、炔基(較佳為碳數2~12,更佳為2~6,進而佳為2~3)、芳基(較佳為碳數6~22,更佳為6~18,進而佳為6~10)或芳基烷基(較佳為碳數7~23,更佳為7~19,進而佳為7~11)等烴基。該些烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、芳基烷基可在發揮本發明的效果的範圍內更具有由取代基T所規定的基。 In formula (P2-2), as R P22 , a group represented by -LP - TP can be listed. L P is a single bond or a linking group L described later. TP is a substituent, and examples of the substituent T described later can be listed. Among them, as R P22 , a alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6, and further preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6, and further preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkynyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6, and further preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18, and further preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms) or an arylalkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19, and further preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms) is preferred. These alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, aryl groups, and arylalkyl groups may further have a group specified by the substituent T within the range where the effects of the present invention are exhibited.
式(P2-2)中,mp1及mp2表示以質量基準計的分子中的重複單元的構成比率,分別獨立地為10質量%以上且未滿100質量%。但是,mp1+mp2不會超過100質量%。mp1+mp2未滿100質量%的情況是指水溶性樹脂為包含其他重複單元的共聚物。 In formula (P2-2), mp1 and mp2 represent the composition ratio of the repeating units in the molecule on a mass basis, and are independently 10% by mass or more and less than 100% by mass. However, mp1+mp2 will not exceed 100% by mass. When mp1+mp2 is less than 100% by mass, it means that the water-soluble resin is a copolymer containing other repeating units.
〔包含式(P3-1)所表示的重複單元的樹脂〕 [Resin containing the repeating unit represented by formula (P3-1)]
式(P3-1)中,RP3較佳為氫原子。 In formula (P3-1), RP3 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
包含式(P3-1)所表示的重複單元的樹脂可更包含與式(P3-1)所表示的重複單元不同的重複單元。包含式(P3-1)所表示的重複單元的樹脂中,相對於樹脂的總質量,較佳為包含10質量%~90質量%、更佳為包含30質量%~80質量%的式(P3-1)所表示的重複單元。 The resin containing the repeating unit represented by formula (P3-1) may further contain repeating units different from the repeating units represented by formula (P3-1). In the resin containing the repeating unit represented by formula (P3-1), the repeating unit represented by formula (P3-1) is preferably contained in an amount of 10% to 90% by mass, and more preferably 30% to 80% by mass, relative to the total mass of the resin.
另外,式(P3-1)所記載的羥基可適當地由取代基T或將其與連結基L組合而成的基取代。取代基T於存在多個時可相互鍵結,或者經由連結基L或不經由連結基L而與式中的環鍵結來形成環。 In addition, the hydroxyl group described in formula (P3-1) may be appropriately substituted by a substituent T or a group formed by combining the substituent T with a linking group L. When there are multiple substituents T, they may bond to each other, or bond to the ring in the formula via the linking group L or without the linking group L to form a ring.
〔包含式(P4-1)所表示的重複單元的樹脂〕 [Resin containing the repeating unit represented by formula (P4-1)]
包含式(P4-1)所表示的重複單元的樹脂可更包含與式(P4-1)所表示的重複單元不同的重複單元。包含式(P4-1)所表示的重複單元的樹脂中,相對於樹脂的總質量,較佳為包含8質量%~95質量%、更佳為包含20質量%~88質量%的式(P4-1)所表示的重複單元。 The resin containing the repeating unit represented by formula (P4-1) may further contain repeating units different from the repeating units represented by formula (P4-1). In the resin containing the repeating unit represented by formula (P4-1), the repeating unit represented by formula (P4-1) is preferably contained in an amount of 8% to 95% by mass, and more preferably 20% to 88% by mass, relative to the total mass of the resin.
另外,式(P4-1)所記載的羥基可適當地由取代基T或將其與連結基L組合而成的基取代。取代基T於存在多個時可相互鍵結,或者經由連結基L或不經由連結基L而與式中的環鍵結來形成環。 In addition, the hydroxyl group described in formula (P4-1) may be appropriately substituted by a substituent T or a group formed by combining the substituent T with a linking group L. When there are multiple substituents T, they may bond to each other, or bond to the ring in the formula via the linking group L or without the linking group L to form a ring.
作為取代基T,可列舉:烷基(較佳為碳數1~24,更 佳為1~12,進而佳為1~6)、芳基烷基(較佳為碳數7~21,更佳為7~15,進而佳為7~11)、烯基(較佳為碳數2~24,更佳為2~12,進而佳為2~6)、炔基(較佳為碳數2~12,更佳為2~6,進而佳為2~3)、羥基、胺基(較佳為碳數0~24,更佳為0~12,進而佳為0~6)、硫醇基、羧基、芳基(較佳為碳數6~22,更佳為6~18,進而佳為6~10)、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~12,更佳為1~6,進而佳為1~3)、芳氧基(較佳為碳數6~22,更佳為6~18,進而佳為6~10)、醯基(較佳為碳數2~12,更佳為2~6,進而佳為2~3)、醯氧基(較佳為碳數2~12,更佳為2~6,進而佳為2~3)、芳醯基(較佳為碳數7~23,更佳為7~19,進而佳為7~11)、芳醯氧基(較佳為碳數7~23,更佳為7~19,進而佳為7~11)、胺甲醯基(較佳為碳數1~12,更佳為1~6,進而佳為1~3)、胺磺醯基(較佳為碳數0~12,更佳為0~6,進而佳為0~3)、磺基、烷基磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~12,更佳為1~6,進而佳為1~3)、芳基磺醯基(較佳為碳數6~22,更佳為6~18,進而佳為6~10)、雜芳基(較佳為碳數1~12,更佳為1~8,進而佳為2~5,較佳為包含五員環或六員環)、(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、鹵素原子(例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子)、側氧基(=O)、亞胺基(=NRN)、亞烷基(=C(RN)2)等。RN為氫原子或烷基(較佳為碳數1~12,更佳為1~6,進而佳為1~3),較佳為氫原子、甲基、乙基、或丙基。各取代基中所含的烷基部位、烯基部位及炔基部位可為鏈狀亦可為環狀,可為直鏈 亦可分支。於所述取代基T為能夠將取代基取代的基的情況下,可更具有取代基T。例如,烷基可為鹵化烷基,亦可為(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基、胺基烷基或羧基烷基。於取代基為羧基或胺基等能夠形成鹽的基的情況下,該基亦可形成鹽。 As the substituent T, there can be mentioned: alkyl (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12, and further preferably 1 to 6), arylalkyl (preferably having 7 to 21 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 15, and further preferably 7 to 11), alkenyl (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12, and further preferably 2 to 6), alkynyl (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6, and further preferably 2 to 3), hydroxyl, amino (preferably having 0 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 0 to 1 2, preferably 0 to 6), thiol, carboxyl, aryl (preferably carbon number 6 to 22, more preferably 6 to 18, more preferably 6 to 10), alkoxy (preferably carbon number 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3), aryloxy (preferably carbon number 6 to 22, more preferably 6 to 18, more preferably 6 to 10), acyl (preferably carbon number 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 3), acyloxy (preferably carbon number 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 3), aryl (preferably 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19, more preferably 7 to 11), aryloxy (preferably 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19, more preferably 7 to 11), aminoformyl (preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3), aminosulfonyl (preferably 0 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 0 to 6, more preferably 0 to 3), sulfo, alkylsulfonyl (preferably 0 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 0 to 6, more preferably 0 to 3), The present invention also includes an arylsulfonyl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), a heteroaryl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably including a five-membered ring or a six-membered ring), a (meth)acryloyl group, a (meth)acryloyloxy group, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom), a pendoxy group (=O), an imino group (=NR N ), an alkylene group (=C( RN ) 2 ), and the like. RN is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), and is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a propyl group. The alkyl part, alkenyl part and alkynyl part contained in each substituent may be chain-shaped or cyclic-shaped, and may be straight chain or branched. When the substituent T is a group that can replace the substituent, it may further have a substituent T. For example, the alkyl group may be a halogenated alkyl group, or may be a (meth)acryloxyalkyl group, an aminoalkyl group or a carboxyalkyl group. When the substituent is a group that can form a salt, such as a carboxyl group or an amino group, the group may also form a salt.
作為連結基L,可列舉:伸烷基(較佳為碳數1~24,更佳為1~12,進而佳為1~6)、伸烯基(較佳為碳數2~12,更佳為2~6,進而佳為2~3)、伸炔基(較佳為碳數2~12,更佳為2~6,進而佳為2~3)、(寡聚)氧伸烷基(一個重複單元中的伸烷基的碳數較佳為1~12,更佳為1~6,進而佳為1~3;重複數較佳為1~50,更佳為1~40,進而佳為1~30)、伸芳基(較佳為碳數6~22,更佳為6~18,進而佳為6~10)、氧原子、硫原子、磺醯基、羰基、硫羰基、-NRN-、及該些的組合相關的連結基。伸烷基亦可具有取代基T。例如,伸烷基可具有羥基。連結基L中所含的原子數除了氫原子以外,較佳為1~50,更佳為1~40,進而佳為1~30。連結原子數是指參與連結的原子團中位於最短路徑上的原子數。例如,若為-CH2-(C=O)-O-,則參與連結的原子為6個,除去氫原子亦為4個。另一方面,參與連結的最短原子為-C-C-O-,為3個。作為該連結原子數,較佳為1~24,更佳為1~12,進而佳為1~6。再者,所述伸烷基、伸烯基、伸炔基、(寡聚)氧伸烷基可為鏈狀亦可為環狀,可為直鏈亦可分支。於連結基為-NRN-等能夠形成鹽的基的情況下,該基亦可形成鹽。 Examples of the linking group L include an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12, and further preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6, and further preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkynylene group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6, and further preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), an (oligo)oxyalkylene group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6, and further preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms in the alkylene group in one repeating unit; preferably 1 to 50 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 40, and further preferably 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18, and further preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a sulfonyl group, a carbonyl group, a thiocarbonyl group, -NR N -, and the linking groups related to the combination thereof. The alkylene group may also have a substituent T. For example, the alkylene group may have a hydroxyl group. The number of atoms contained in the linking group L, excluding hydrogen atoms, is preferably 1 to 50, more preferably 1 to 40, and further preferably 1 to 30. The number of linking atoms refers to the number of atoms located on the shortest path in the atomic group involved in the link. For example, if it is -CH 2 -(C=O)-O-, the number of atoms involved in the link is 6, and 4 excluding the hydrogen atom. On the other hand, the shortest atom involved in the link is -CCO-, which is 3. As the number of linking atoms, it is preferably 1 to 24, more preferably 1 to 12, and further preferably 1 to 6. Furthermore, the alkylene group, alkenylene group, alkynylene group, and (oligo)oxyalkylene group may be chain-shaped or cyclic, and may be straight chain or branched. When the linking group is a group capable of forming a salt such as -NR N -, the group can also form a salt.
另外,作為水溶性樹脂,亦可使用市售品,作為市售品, 可列舉:第一工業製藥(股)製造的匹茲科爾(PITZCOL)系列(K-30、K-50、K-80、K-90、V-7154等);巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造的路比特科(LUVITEC)系列(VA64P、VA6535P等);日本醋酸聚乙烯醇(JAPAN VAM & POVAL)(股)製造的PXP-05、JL-05E、JP-03、JP-04、AMPS;奧德里奇公司製造的奈米黏土(Nanoclay)等。 In addition, as a water-soluble resin, a commercial product can also be used. As commercial products, the following can be listed: PITZCOL series (K-30, K-50, K-80, K-90, V-7154, etc.) manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.; LUVITEC series (VA64P, VA6535P, etc.) manufactured by BASF; PXP-05, JL-05E, JP-03, JP-04, AMPS manufactured by JAPAN VAM & POVAL Co., Ltd.; Nanoclay manufactured by Aldrich Corporation, etc.
該些中,較佳為使用匹茲科爾(PITZCOL)K-90、PXP-05或匹茲科爾(PITZCOL)V-7154,更佳為使用匹茲科爾(PITZCOL)V-7154。 Among these, PITZCOL K-90, PXP-05 or PITZCOL V-7154 is preferred, and PITZCOL V-7154 is more preferred.
關於水溶性樹脂,引用國際公開第2016/175220號中記載的樹脂,此種樹脂亦併入至本說明書中。 Regarding water-soluble resins, the resins described in International Publication No. 2016/175220 are cited, and such resins are also incorporated into this specification.
水溶性樹脂的重量平均分子量根據水溶性樹脂的種類適當選擇。於本說明書中,水溶性樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)設為藉由GPC測定而得的聚醚氧化物換算值。特別是於水溶性樹脂為聚乙烯醇(PVA)的情況下,重量平均分子量較佳為10,000~100,000。該數值範圍的上限較佳為80,000以下,更佳為60,000以下。另外,該數值範圍的下限較佳為13,000以上,更佳為15,000以上。於水溶性樹脂為聚乙烯吡咯啶酮(PVP)的情況下,重量平均分子量較佳為20,000~2,000,000。該數值範圍的上限較佳為1,800,000以下,更佳為1,500,000以下。另外,該數值範圍的下限較佳為30,000以上,更佳為40,000以上。於水溶性樹脂為水溶性多糖類的情況下,重量平均分子量較佳為 50,000~2,000,000。該數值範圍的上限較佳為1,500,000以下,更佳為1,300,000以下。另外,該數值範圍的下限較佳為70,000以上,更佳為90,000以上。 The weight average molecular weight of the water-soluble resin is appropriately selected according to the type of the water-soluble resin. In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the water-soluble resin are set as polyether oxide conversion values obtained by GPC measurement. In particular, when the water-soluble resin is polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), the weight average molecular weight is preferably 10,000~100,000. The upper limit of the numerical range is preferably 80,000 or less, and more preferably 60,000 or less. In addition, the lower limit of the numerical range is preferably 13,000 or more, and more preferably 15,000 or more. When the water-soluble resin is polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP), the weight average molecular weight is preferably 20,000~2,000,000. The upper limit of the numerical range is preferably 1,800,000 or less, and more preferably 1,500,000 or less. In addition, the lower limit of the numerical range is preferably 30,000 or more, and more preferably 40,000 or more. When the water-soluble resin is a water-soluble polysaccharide, the weight average molecular weight is preferably 50,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit of the numerical range is preferably 1,500,000 or less, and more preferably 1,300,000 or less. In addition, the lower limit of the numerical range is preferably 70,000 or more, and more preferably 90,000 or more.
水溶性樹脂的分子量分散度(重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量,亦簡稱為「分散度」)較佳為1.0~5.0,更佳為2.0~4.0。 The molecular weight dispersion (weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight, also referred to as "dispersion") of the water-soluble resin is preferably 1.0~5.0, more preferably 2.0~4.0.
進而,於本發明中,保護層形成用組成物較佳為包含高分子量樹脂(例如,重量平均分子量為10,000以上的水溶性樹脂)及具有較該高分子量樹脂的重量平均分子量更小的重量平均分子量的低分子量樹脂作為水溶性樹脂,且低分子量樹脂的重量平均分子量為高分子量樹脂的重量平均分子量的一半以下。藉此,低分子量樹脂迅速溶出至去除液(特別是水)中,以低分子量樹脂溶出的部分為起點,高分子量樹脂亦容易去除,因此,獲得去除保護層後的保護層的殘渣進一步減少的效果。另外,於使用保護層形成用組成物來形成保護層時,可抑制保護層產生裂紋。 Furthermore, in the present invention, the protective layer forming composition preferably includes a high molecular weight resin (for example, a water-soluble resin with a weight average molecular weight of 10,000 or more) and a low molecular weight resin having a weight average molecular weight smaller than the weight average molecular weight of the high molecular weight resin as a water-soluble resin, and the weight average molecular weight of the low molecular weight resin is less than half of the weight average molecular weight of the high molecular weight resin. Thereby, the low molecular weight resin is rapidly dissolved into the removal liquid (especially water), and the high molecular weight resin is also easily removed starting from the portion where the low molecular weight resin is dissolved, thereby obtaining an effect of further reducing the residue of the protective layer after removing the protective layer. In addition, when the protective layer is formed using the protective layer forming composition, cracks in the protective layer can be suppressed.
於本發明中,保護層形成用組成物是否包含所述高分子量樹脂及所述低分子量樹脂,例如可基於測定保護層形成用組成物或水溶性樹脂整體的分子量分佈時,是否可確認到兩個以上的峰頂(極大值)來判斷。 In the present invention, whether the protective layer forming composition contains the high molecular weight resin and the low molecular weight resin can be determined, for example, based on whether two or more peaks (maximum values) can be confirmed when measuring the molecular weight distribution of the protective layer forming composition or the water-soluble resin as a whole.
高分子量樹脂的重量平均分子量較佳為20,000以上,更佳為45,000以上。另外,高分子量樹脂的重量平均分子量較佳為2,000,000以下,亦可為1,500,000以下。低分子量樹脂相對於高分子量樹脂的分子量比(=低分子量樹脂的重量平均分子量/高分 子量樹脂的重量平均分子量)較佳為0.4以下。該分子量比的上限更佳為0.3以下,進而佳為0.2以下。另外,所述分子量比的下限並無特別限制,較佳為0.001以上,亦可為0.01以上。 The weight average molecular weight of the high molecular weight resin is preferably 20,000 or more, and more preferably 45,000 or more. In addition, the weight average molecular weight of the high molecular weight resin is preferably 2,000,000 or less, and may be 1,500,000 or less. The molecular weight ratio of the low molecular weight resin to the high molecular weight resin (= weight average molecular weight of the low molecular weight resin/weight average molecular weight of the high molecular weight resin) is preferably 0.4 or less. The upper limit of the molecular weight ratio is more preferably 0.3 or less, and further preferably 0.2 or less. In addition, the lower limit of the molecular weight ratio is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0.001 or more, and may be 0.01 or more.
另外,於本發明中使用的水溶性樹脂整體的分子量分佈中,亦較佳為存在兩個以上的峰頂,且該兩個以上的峰頂中,與一個峰頂對應的分子量為與另外一個峰頂對應的分子量的一半以下。藉此,獲得與低分子量樹脂的重量平均分子量為高分子量樹脂的重量平均分子量的一半以下時同樣的效果。具有如上述般的分子量分佈的水溶性樹脂例如可藉由將所述高分子量樹脂及所述低分子量樹脂混合而獲得。於在分子量分佈中確認到多個峰值的情況下,自該些峰頂中選擇以兩個為一組的峰頂,關於至少一組的峰頂,只要與其中一個峰頂對應的分子量為與另一個峰頂對應的分子量的一半以下即可。 In addition, in the molecular weight distribution of the water-soluble resin used in the present invention as a whole, it is also preferred that there are two or more peaks, and the molecular weight corresponding to one of the two or more peaks is less than half of the molecular weight corresponding to the other peak. In this way, the same effect as when the weight average molecular weight of the low molecular weight resin is less than half of the weight average molecular weight of the high molecular weight resin is obtained. The water-soluble resin having the above molecular weight distribution can be obtained, for example, by mixing the high molecular weight resin and the low molecular weight resin. When multiple peaks are confirmed in the molecular weight distribution, two peaks are selected from the peaks as a group, and for at least one group of peaks, the molecular weight corresponding to one of the peaks is less than half of the molecular weight corresponding to the other peak.
所述峰頂對應的分子量(峰頂分子量)中大的一者較佳為20,000以上,更佳為45,000以上。另外,所述峰頂分子量大的一者較佳為2,000,000以下,亦可為1,500,000以下。所述峰頂分子量小的一者相對於大的一者的分子量比(=峰頂分子量小的一者/峰頂分子量大的一者)較佳為0.4以下。該分子量比的上限更佳為0.3以下,進而佳為0.2以下。另外,所述分子量比的下限並無特別限制,較佳為0.001以上,亦可為0.01以上。 The larger one of the molecular weights corresponding to the peak top (peak top molecular weight) is preferably 20,000 or more, and more preferably 45,000 or more. In addition, the larger one of the peak top molecular weight is preferably 2,000,000 or less, and may be 1,500,000 or less. The molecular weight ratio of the smaller one of the peak top molecular weight to the larger one (= the smaller one of the peak top molecular weight/the larger one of the peak top molecular weight) is preferably 0.4 or less. The upper limit of the molecular weight ratio is more preferably 0.3 or less, and further preferably 0.2 or less. In addition, the lower limit of the molecular weight ratio is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0.001 or more, and may be 0.01 or more.
關於高分子量樹脂的重量平均分子量與低分子量樹脂的重量平均分子量之差(於取水溶性樹脂整體的分子量分佈的情 況下為峰值間的分子量距離),於包含PVA作為高分子量樹脂的情況下,較佳為10,000~80,000,更佳為20,000~60,000。於包含PVP作為高分子量樹脂的情況下,所述差較佳為50,000~1,500,000,更佳為100,000~1,200,000。於包含水溶性多糖類作為高分子量樹脂的情況下,所述差較佳為50,000~1,500,000,更佳為100,000~1,200,000。 Regarding the difference between the weight average molecular weight of the high molecular weight resin and the weight average molecular weight of the low molecular weight resin (in the case of the molecular weight distribution of the entire water-soluble resin, it is the molecular weight distance between peaks), when PVA is included as the high molecular weight resin, it is preferably 10,000~80,000, and more preferably 20,000~60,000. When PVP is included as the high molecular weight resin, the difference is preferably 50,000~1,500,000, and more preferably 100,000~1,200,000. When a water-soluble polysaccharide is included as the high molecular weight resin, the difference is preferably 50,000~1,500,000, more preferably 100,000~1,200,000.
特別是於本發明中,水溶性樹脂較佳為包含重量平均分子量為20,000以上的PVA作為高分子量樹脂。該情況下,重量平均分子量更佳為30,000以上,進而佳為40,000以上。另外,於本發明中,水溶性樹脂亦較佳為包含重量平均分子量為300,000以上的PVP作為高分子量樹脂。該情況下,重量平均分子量更佳為400,000以上,進而佳為500,000以上。進而,於本發明中,水溶性樹脂亦較佳為包含重量平均分子量為300,000以上的水溶性多糖類作為高分子量樹脂。該情況下,重量平均分子量更佳為400,000以上,進而佳為500,000以上。 In particular, in the present invention, the water-soluble resin preferably includes PVA having a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or more as a high molecular weight resin. In this case, the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 30,000 or more, and further preferably 40,000 or more. In addition, in the present invention, the water-soluble resin also preferably includes PVP having a weight average molecular weight of 300,000 or more as a high molecular weight resin. In this case, the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 400,000 or more, and further preferably 500,000 or more. Furthermore, in the present invention, the water-soluble resin also preferably includes a water-soluble polysaccharide having a weight average molecular weight of 300,000 or more as a high molecular weight resin. In this case, the weight average molecular weight is preferably 400,000 or more, and further preferably 500,000 or more.
高分子量樹脂與低分子量樹脂的較佳組合例如如下所述。水溶性樹脂可僅滿足下述組合的一個必要條件,亦可為同時滿足兩個以上的組合的必要條件的態樣。 The preferred combination of high molecular weight resin and low molecular weight resin is as follows. The water-soluble resin may satisfy only one of the following necessary conditions for the combination, or may satisfy two or more of the necessary conditions for the combination at the same time.
.重量平均分子量Mw為30,000~100,000的PVA(高分子量樹脂)與Mw為10,000~40,000的PVA(低分子量樹脂)的組合。 . Combination of PVA (high molecular weight resin) with a weight average molecular weight Mw of 30,000~100,000 and PVA (low molecular weight resin) with a Mw of 10,000~40,000.
.Mw為500,000~1,500,000的PVP(高分子量樹脂)與Mw為30,000~600,000的PVP(低分子量樹脂)的組合。 . Combination of PVP (high molecular weight resin) with Mw of 500,000~1,500,000 and PVP (low molecular weight resin) with Mw of 30,000~600,000.
.Mw為500,000~1,500,000的水溶性多糖類(高分子量樹脂)與Mw為50,000~600,000的水溶性多糖類(低分子量樹脂)的組合。 . A combination of water-soluble polysaccharides (high molecular weight resins) with a Mw of 500,000~1,500,000 and water-soluble polysaccharides (low molecular weight resins) with a Mw of 50,000~600,000.
.Mw為500,000~1,500,000的PVP(高分子量樹脂)與Mw為10,000~100,000的PVA(低分子量樹脂)的組合。 . Combination of PVP (high molecular weight resin) with Mw of 500,000~1,500,000 and PVA (low molecular weight resin) with Mw of 10,000~100,000.
.Mw為500,000~1,500,000的水溶性多糖類(高分子量樹脂)與Mw為10,000~100,000的PVA(低分子量樹脂)的組合。 . Combination of water-soluble polysaccharides (high molecular weight resin) with Mw of 500,000~1,500,000 and PVA (low molecular weight resin) with Mw of 10,000~100,000.
.Mw為500,000~1,500,000的PVP(高分子量樹脂)與Mw為50,000~600,000的水溶性多糖類(低分子量樹脂)的組合。 . Combination of PVP (high molecular weight resin) with Mw of 500,000~1,500,000 and water-soluble polysaccharides (low molecular weight resin) with Mw of 50,000~600,000.
.Mw為500,000~1,500,000的水溶性多糖類(高分子量樹脂)與Mw為30,000~600,000的PVP(低分子量樹脂)的組合。 . A combination of water-soluble polysaccharides (high molecular weight resins) with a Mw of 500,000~1,500,000 and PVP (low molecular weight resins) with a Mw of 30,000~600,000.
相對於全部水溶性樹脂,高分子量樹脂的含量較佳為50質量%以下。該數值範圍的上限更佳為40質量%以下,進而佳為30質量%以下。另外,該數值範圍的下限更佳為5質量%以上,進而佳為10質量%以上。 The content of high molecular weight resin is preferably 50% by mass or less relative to all water-soluble resins. The upper limit of the numerical range is preferably 40% by mass or less, and further preferably 30% by mass or less. In addition, the lower limit of the numerical range is preferably 5% by mass or more, and further preferably 10% by mass or more.
另一方面,水溶性樹脂亦可為實質上不含低分子量樹脂的態樣。於本發明中,「實質上不含低分子量樹脂」是指相對於全部水溶性樹脂,低分子量樹脂的含量為3質量%以下。於該態樣中,相對於全部水溶性樹脂,低分子量樹脂的含量較佳為1質量%以下。 On the other hand, the water-soluble resin may be substantially free of low molecular weight resins. In the present invention, "substantially free of low molecular weight resins" means that the content of low molecular weight resins is 3% by mass or less relative to all water-soluble resins. In this embodiment, the content of low molecular weight resins is preferably 1% by mass or less relative to all water-soluble resins.
保護層形成用組成物中的全部水溶性樹脂的含量只要根據需要適當調節即可,相對於保護層形成用組成物的總量,較 佳為5質量%~15質量%。該數值範圍的上限更佳為12質量%以下,進而佳為10質量%以下。另外,該數值範圍的下限更佳為6質量%以上,進而佳為7質量%以上。另外,保護層形成用組成物中的全部水溶性樹脂的含量於固體成分中較佳為30質量%以下,更佳為25質量%以下,進而佳為20質量%以下。作為下限,較佳為1質量%以上,更佳為2質量%以上,進而佳為4質量%以上。 The content of all water-soluble resins in the protective layer forming composition can be appropriately adjusted as needed, and is preferably 5% to 15% by mass relative to the total amount of the protective layer forming composition. The upper limit of the numerical range is preferably 12% by mass or less, and more preferably 10% by mass or less. In addition, the lower limit of the numerical range is preferably 6% by mass or more, and more preferably 7% by mass or more. In addition, the content of all water-soluble resins in the protective layer forming composition is preferably 30% by mass or less in the solid component, more preferably 25% by mass or less, and more preferably 20% by mass or less. As the lower limit, it is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 2% by mass or more, and more preferably 4% by mass or more.
於保護層形成用組成物中,水溶性樹脂可單獨使用一種,亦可以多種的組合使用。於多種的組合的情況下,較佳為該些的合計量處於所述範圍。 In the protective layer forming composition, the water-soluble resin may be used alone or in combination of multiple types. In the case of multiple combinations, it is preferred that the total amount of these is within the above range.
<<具有多個氧伸烷基結構的化合物(特定親水性化合物)>> <<Compounds having multiple oxyalkylene structures (specific hydrophilic compounds)>>
如上所述,本發明的保護層形成用組成物所含有的特定親水性化合物是重量平均分子量為100以上且未滿2000並且具有多個氧伸烷基結構的化合物。特定親水性化合物藉由具有多個氧伸烷基結構而顯示親水性,由於該親水性而具有容易吸附於其他有機材料的親水性部位的性質。於本發明中,「氧伸烷基結構」是指包含一個氧原子及一個伸烷基的二價基(-OR-:此處R表示伸烷基)。伸烷基可在側鏈具有取代基,亦可未經取代,較佳為未經取代。 As described above, the specific hydrophilic compound contained in the protective layer forming composition of the present invention is a compound having a weight average molecular weight of 100 or more and less than 2000 and having multiple oxyalkylene structures. The specific hydrophilic compound exhibits hydrophilicity by having multiple oxyalkylene structures, and due to the hydrophilicity, has the property of being easily adsorbed on the hydrophilic parts of other organic materials. In the present invention, "oxyalkylene structure" refers to a divalent group (-OR-: here R represents an alkylene group) containing one oxygen atom and one alkylene group. The alkylene group may have a substituent on the side chain, or it may be unsubstituted, preferably unsubstituted.
特定親水性化合物的分子量的上限較佳為1600以下,更佳為1200以下,進而佳為800以下,特佳為400以下。藉由特定親水性化合物的分子量為所述上限以下,而具有在保護層形成 用組成物中特定親水性化合物變得更容易移動等效果。另外,特定親水性化合物的分子量的下限較佳為110以上,更佳為120以上,進而佳為130以上,特佳為140以上。藉由特定親水性化合物的分子量為所述下限以上,而具有特定親水性化合物變得更不易揮發等效果。 The upper limit of the molecular weight of the specific hydrophilic compound is preferably 1600 or less, more preferably 1200 or less, further preferably 800 or less, and particularly preferably 400 or less. When the molecular weight of the specific hydrophilic compound is below the upper limit, the specific hydrophilic compound becomes more easily mobile in the protective layer forming composition. In addition, the lower limit of the molecular weight of the specific hydrophilic compound is preferably 110 or more, more preferably 120 or more, further preferably 130 or more, and particularly preferably 140 or more. When the molecular weight of the specific hydrophilic compound is above the lower limit, the specific hydrophilic compound becomes less volatile.
特定親水性化合物於常溫(23℃左右)下可為液體亦可為固體,較佳為液體。藉由特定親水性化合物為液體,保護層變得更容易軟質化。 The specific hydrophilic compound can be a liquid or a solid at room temperature (about 23°C), preferably a liquid. By making the specific hydrophilic compound a liquid, the protective layer becomes easier to soften.
特定親水性化合物的沸點較佳為200℃以上。藉此,特定親水性化合物變得更不易揮發,即便實施在保護層的乾燥步驟、有機半導體的製造步驟等中實施般的加熱處理,亦不損害本發明的效果。特定親水性化合物的沸點的下限較佳為210℃以上,更佳為220℃以上,進而佳為240℃以上。另外,關於特定親水性化合物的沸點的上限,由於只要特定親水性化合物不揮發即可,因此並無特別限定,但實際上為400℃以下。 The boiling point of the specific hydrophilic compound is preferably above 200°C. Thereby, the specific hydrophilic compound becomes less volatile, and even if a heat treatment is performed in the drying step of the protective layer, the manufacturing step of the organic semiconductor, etc., the effect of the present invention is not impaired. The lower limit of the boiling point of the specific hydrophilic compound is preferably above 210°C, more preferably above 220°C, and further preferably above 240°C. In addition, the upper limit of the boiling point of the specific hydrophilic compound is not particularly limited as long as the specific hydrophilic compound does not volatilize, but is actually below 400°C.
於特定親水性化合物中,氧伸烷基結構中的伸烷基鏈的碳數較佳為2~20。該範圍的上限更佳為10以下,進而佳為5以下。更具體而言,氧伸烷基結構較佳為氧伸乙基結構(-OC2H4-)及氧伸丙基結構(-OC3H6-)中的至少一種,更佳為氧伸乙基結構。另外,氧伸烷基結構可在末端以外的側鏈具有所述取代基T,亦可不具有所述取代基T。氧伸烷基結構較佳為在其末端以外的側鏈不具有取代基。於特定親水性化合物中,多個氧伸烷基結構可 相互連續,亦可分離。 In the specific hydrophilic compound, the carbon number of the alkylene chain in the oxyalkylene structure is preferably 2 to 20. The upper limit of the range is more preferably 10 or less, and further preferably 5 or less. More specifically, the oxyalkylene structure is preferably at least one of an oxyethylene structure (-OC 2 H 4 -) and an oxypropylene structure (-OC 3 H 6 -), and is more preferably an oxyethylene structure. In addition, the oxyalkylene structure may or may not have the substituent T in the side chain other than the terminal. The oxyalkylene structure preferably has no substituent in the side chain other than the terminal. In the specific hydrophilic compound, a plurality of oxyalkylene structures may be continuous or separated.
特定親水性化合物較佳為具有至少一個羥基,較佳為具有1個~20個羥基。藉由特定親水性化合物具有羥基,特定親水性化合物的親水性進一步提高。進而,特定親水性化合物所具有的羥基的個數的上限較佳為10個以下,更佳為8個以下,進而佳為6個以下。另外,該下限可為兩個,可為3個,亦可為4個。 The specific hydrophilic compound preferably has at least one hydroxyl group, preferably 1 to 20 hydroxyl groups. The specific hydrophilic compound has a hydroxyl group, and the hydrophilicity of the specific hydrophilic compound is further improved. Furthermore, the upper limit of the number of hydroxyl groups possessed by the specific hydrophilic compound is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less, and further preferably 6 or less. In addition, the lower limit may be two, 3, or 4.
於特定親水性化合物中,氧伸烷基鏈的合計式量Moa相對於其分子量Mall的比例Moa/Mall以%表示計較佳為50%以上。該範圍的下限較佳為60%以上,更佳為65%以上,進而佳為70%以上,特佳為75%以上,最佳為80%以上。該範圍的上限實際上未滿100%。在特定親水性化合物的集合物的重量平均分子量Mw及平均加成莫耳數mav已知的情況下,比例Moa/Mall可由[重複單元的式量×mav]/Mw×100(%)代替。 In the specific hydrophilic compound, the ratio of the total formula weight Moa of the oxyalkylene chain to its molecular weight Mall is preferably 50% or more , expressed as %. The lower limit of the range is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 65% or more, further preferably 70% or more, particularly preferably 75% or more, and most preferably 80% or more. The upper limit of the range is actually less than 100%. When the weight average molecular weight Mw and the average addition mole number Mav of the collection of specific hydrophilic compounds are known, the ratio Moa / Mall can be replaced by [formula weight of repeating unit× mav ]/Mw×100(%).
「氧伸烷基鏈」是指氧伸烷基結構中不包含取代基的部分結構。具體而言,一個氧伸烷基鏈包含一個氧原子、與該氧原子鍵結且構成伸烷基的主鏈的碳原子、以及與該碳原子鍵結的氫原子,一個氧伸烷基鏈的式量可藉由該些原子的原子量的總和來求出。 "Oxyalkylene chain" refers to the partial structure of the oxyalkylene structure that does not contain a substituent. Specifically, an oxyalkylene chain contains an oxygen atom, a carbon atom bonded to the oxygen atom and constituting the main chain of the alkylene group, and a hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom. The formula weight of an oxyalkylene chain can be calculated by the sum of the atomic weights of these atoms.
例如,下述ex-1的化合物例中,OL-1及OL-2的部分分別為氧伸烷基鏈(氧伸乙基鏈)。因此,一個氧伸烷基鏈的式量為44(=16+12×2+1×4),氧伸烷基鏈的合計式量為88(=44×2),比例Moa/Mall以%表示計為83%(=88÷106×100)。 For example, in the compound example ex-1 below, the parts of OL-1 and OL-2 are oxyalkylene chains (oxyethylene chains). Therefore, the formula weight of one oxyalkylene chain is 44 (=16+12×2+1×4), the total formula weight of oxyalkylene chains is 88 (=44×2), and the ratio Moa / Ma1l is 83% (=88÷106×100) in %.
於氧伸烷基鏈的合計式量Moa的算出中,不重覆計數原子,於伸烷基分支的情況下,以碳數變得最多的方式設定氧伸烷基鏈。另外,於視為在氧伸烷基鏈鍵結有取代基的情況下,該氧伸烷基鏈的式量中不包含該取代基的式量。並且,另行研究該取代基中是否包含氧伸烷基鏈,若包含氧伸烷基鏈,則其式量亦加入至氧伸烷基鏈的合計式量中。反覆進行該式量的導出,直至取代基消失或取代基中不含氧伸烷基鏈為止。 In the calculation of the total formula weight Moa of the oxyalkylene chain, the atoms are not counted repeatedly, and in the case of an alkylene branch, the oxyalkylene chain is set so that the carbon number becomes the largest. In addition, in the case where a substituent is considered to be bonded to the oxyalkylene chain, the formula weight of the oxyalkylene chain does not include the formula weight of the substituent. In addition, it is separately examined whether the substituent includes the oxyalkylene chain. If the oxyalkylene chain is included, its formula weight is also added to the total formula weight of the oxyalkylene chain. The derivation of the formula weight is repeated until the substituent disappears or the oxyalkylene chain is not included in the substituent.
例如,下述ex-2的化合物例中,OL-3至OL-7的部分分別為氧伸烷基鏈,特別是OL-3及OL-4為氧伸丙基鏈,OL-5至OL-7為氧伸乙基鏈。OL-3及OL-4被視為具有取代基(分別為甲基及羥基),因此除去該取代基,OL-3的式量為58(=16+12×3+1×6),OL-4的式量為57(=16+12×3+1×5)。OL-5至OL-7的式量分別為44。因此,氧伸烷基鏈的合計式量為247(=58+57+44×3),比例Moa/Mall以%表示計為88%(=247÷280×100)。 For example, in the compound example ex-2 below, the parts of OL-3 to OL-7 are oxyalkylene chains, especially OL-3 and OL-4 are oxypropylene chains, and OL-5 to OL-7 are oxyethylene chains. OL-3 and OL-4 are considered to have substituents (methyl and hydroxyl, respectively), so after removing the substituents, the formula weight of OL-3 is 58 (=16+12×3+1×6), and the formula weight of OL-4 is 57 (=16+12×3+1×5). The formula weights of OL-5 to OL-7 are 44, respectively. Therefore, the total formula weight of the oxyalkylene chains is 247 (=58+57+44×3), and the ratio Moa / Ma1 is 88% (=247÷280×100) in terms of %.
例如,下述ex-3的化合物例中,OL-8至OL-13的部分分別為氧伸烷基鏈,特別是OL-8、OL-9及OL-13為氧伸丙基鏈,OL-10至OL-12為氧伸乙基鏈。OL-13可稱之為與OL-9鍵結的取代基中所含的氧伸烷基鏈。OL-8及OL-13的式量為59(=16+12×3+1×7)。因OL-9被視為具有取代基,因此除去該取代基,OL-9的式量為57(=16+12×3+1×5)。OL-10至OL-12的式量分別為44。因此,氧伸烷基鏈的合計式量為307 (=59×2+57+44×3),比例Moa/Mall以%表示計為95%(=307÷322×100)。 For example, in the compound example ex-3 below, the parts of OL-8 to OL-13 are oxyalkylene chains, especially OL-8, OL-9 and OL-13 are oxypropylene chains, and OL-10 to OL-12 are oxyethylene chains. OL-13 can be called an oxyalkylene chain contained in the substituent bonded to OL-9. The formula weights of OL-8 and OL-13 are 59 (=16+12×3+1×7). Since OL-9 is regarded as having a substituent, the formula weight of OL-9 is 57 (=16+12×3+1×5) after removing the substituent. The formula weights of OL-10 to OL-12 are 44, respectively. Therefore, the total formula weight of the oxyalkylene chain is 307 (=59×2+57+44×3), and the ratio Moa / Ma1l expressed in % is 95% (=307÷322×100).
例如,下述ex-4的化合物例(聚乙二醇)中,帶有m的重複單元為氧伸烷基鏈。於具體的結構已知的情況下,與ex-1至ex-3的情況同樣,比例Moa/Mall可根據實際的氧伸烷基鏈的合計式量及分子量算出。於已知重量平均分子量Mw及平均加成莫耳數mav的情況下,比例Moa/Mall可由[44×mav]/Mw×100代替。 For example, in the compound example ex-4 below (polyethylene glycol), the repeating unit with m is an oxyalkylene chain. When the specific structure is known, the ratio Moa / Ma1l can be calculated based on the total formula weight and molecular weight of the actual oxyalkylene chain, as in the case of ex-1 to ex-3. When the weight average molecular weight Mw and the average addition mole number Mav are known, the ratio Moa / Ma1l can be replaced by [44× mav ]/Mw×100.
進而,本發明的保護層形成用組成物亦較佳為包含下述式(OA-1)所表示的化合物作為特定親水性化合物。 Furthermore, the protective layer forming composition of the present invention preferably contains a compound represented by the following formula (OA-1) as a specific hydrophilic compound.
式(OA-1)中,Ra1表示氫原子或碳數1~20的烷基,Ra2在帶有n的每個結構單元中獨立地表示氫原子或下述式(OA-2)所表示的一價有機基,Ra3在帶有n的每個結構單元中獨立地表示氫原子或下述式(OA-2)所表示的一價有機基,m表示2~50的整數,n在帶有m的每個結構單元中獨立地表示1~20的整數,p表示0或1;[化8]式(OA-2):
式(OA-2)中,Rb1在帶有q的每個結構單元中獨立地表示碳數1~20的伸烷基,q表示1~25的整數,r表示0或1。 In formula (OA-2), R b1 independently represents an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in each structural unit having q, q represents an integer of 1 to 25, and r represents 0 or 1.
式(OA-1)中,Ra1較佳為氫原子或碳數1~10的烷基。此處,烷基較佳為甲基、乙基、正丙基及正丁基中的任一者,更佳為甲基或乙基,進而佳為乙基。於Ra1為烷基的情況下,烷基例如亦可具有如所述取代基T般的取代基,亦可未經取代。 In formula (OA-1), Ra1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Here, the alkyl group is preferably any one of a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, and an n-butyl group, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, and further preferably an ethyl group. When Ra1 is an alkyl group, the alkyl group may have a substituent such as the substituent T, or may be unsubstituted.
在特定親水性化合物的分子量比較小的態樣中,m的上限較佳為10以下,更佳為8以下,進而佳為6以下。m的下限可為3,亦可為4。該情況下,n較佳為在帶有m的每個結構單元中獨立地為10以下,更佳為8以下,進而佳為6以下。n的下限可為2,亦可為3。p較佳為1。另一方面,在特定親水性化合物的分子量比較大的態樣中,m的上限較佳為45以下,更佳為40以下,進而佳為35以下。m的下限較佳為11以上,亦可為15以上或20以上。該情況下,n亦較佳為在帶有m的每個結構單元中獨立地為10以下,更佳為8以下,進而佳為6以下。n的下限可為 2,亦可為3。p較佳為1。 In an embodiment in which the molecular weight of the specific hydrophilic compound is relatively small, the upper limit of m is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less, and further preferably 6 or less. The lower limit of m may be 3 or 4. In this case, n is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less, and further preferably 6 or less, independently in each structural unit having m. The lower limit of n may be 2 or 3. p is preferably 1. On the other hand, in an embodiment in which the molecular weight of the specific hydrophilic compound is relatively large, the upper limit of m is preferably 45 or less, more preferably 40 or less, and further preferably 35 or less. The lower limit of m is preferably 11 or more, and may be 15 or more or 20 or more. In this case, n is also preferably 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less, and further preferably 6 or less, independently in each structural unit having m. The lower limit of n can be 2 or 3. The best value of p is 1.
式(OA-2)中,Rb1較佳為在帶有q的每個結構單元中獨立地為碳數1~10的伸烷基。此處,伸烷基例如較佳為亞甲基、伸乙基、伸正丙基及伸正丁基中的任一者,更佳為亞甲基或伸乙基,進而佳為伸乙基。於Rb1為伸烷基的情況下,伸烷基例如亦可具有如所述取代基T般的取代基,作為取代基,亦可更包含具有氧伸烷基結構的基。另外,於Rb1為伸烷基的情況下,伸烷基亦可未經取代。 In formula (OA-2), Rb1 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms independently in each structural unit having q. Here, the alkylene group is preferably any one of a methylene group, an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, and an n-butylene group, more preferably a methylene group or an ethylene group, and further preferably an ethylene group. When Rb1 is an alkylene group, the alkylene group may have a substituent such as the substituent T, and may further include a group having an oxyalkylene structure as a substituent. In addition, when Rb1 is an alkylene group, the alkylene group may be unsubstituted.
在特定親水性化合物的分子量比較小的態樣中,q的上限較佳為5以下,更佳為4以下,進而佳為3以下。q的下限可為1,亦可為2。r較佳為1。另一方面,在特定親水性化合物的分子量比較大的態樣中,q的上限較佳為23以下,更佳為20以下,進而佳為18以下。q的下限較佳為6以上,亦可為8以上或10以上。r較佳為1。 In the embodiment where the molecular weight of the specific hydrophilic compound is relatively small, the upper limit of q is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 4 or less, and further preferably 3 or less. The lower limit of q may be 1 or 2. r is preferably 1. On the other hand, in the embodiment where the molecular weight of the specific hydrophilic compound is relatively large, the upper limit of q is preferably 23 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and further preferably 18 or less. The lower limit of q is preferably 6 or more, and may be 8 or more or 10 or more. r is preferably 1.
因此,式(OA-2)所表示的一價有機基例如為:-OCH3、-(OCH2)OCH3、-(OCH2)2OCH3、-(OCH2)3OCH3、-OC2H5、-(OC2H4)OC2H5、-(OC2H4)2OC2H5、-(OC2H4)3OC2H5、-OC3H7、-(OC3H6)OC3H7、-(OC3H6)2OC3H7及-(OC3H6)3OC3H7等末端成為烷氧基的基;或-OCH2OH、-(OCH2)2OH、-(OCH2)3OH、-(OCH2)4OH、-OC2H4OH、-(OC2H4)2OH、-(OC2H4)3OH、-(OC2H4)4OH、-OC3H6OH、-(OC3H6)2OH、-(OC3H6)3OH及-(OC3H6)4OH等末端成為羥基的基。 Therefore, the monovalent organic group represented by the formula (OA-2) is, for example, a group having an alkoxy group at the terminal, such as -OCH3, -(OCH2)OCH3 , - ( OCH2 ) 2OCH3 , - ( OCH2 ) 3OCH3, -OC2H5 , - ( OC2H4 ) OC2H5 , -( OC2H4 ) 2OC2H5 , -( OC2H4 ) 3OC2H5 , -OC3H7 , - ( OC3H6 ) OC3H7 , -( OC3H6 ) 2OC3H7 , and -( OC3H6 ) 3OC3H7 ; or a group having an alkoxy group at the terminal , such as -OCH2OH , -( OCH2 ) 2OH , -( OCH2 ) A group having a hydroxyl group at the terminal such as -( OCH2 )4OH, -OC2H4OH , -( OC2H4 )2OH, -( OC2H4 )3OH , -( OC2H4 ) 4OH , -OC3H6OH , -( OC3H6 ) 2OH , -( OC3H6 ) 3OH and - ( OC3H6 ) 4OH .
本發明的保護層形成用組成物亦較佳為包含下述式 (OA-3)所表示的化合物作為特定親水性化合物。特別是下述式(OA-3)相當於下述式(OA-1)中Ra2及Ra3全部為氫原子的情況。 The protective layer-forming composition of the present invention also preferably contains a compound represented by the following formula (OA-3) as a specific hydrophilic compound. In particular, the following formula (OA-3) is equivalent to the following formula (OA-1) in which both Ra2 and Ra3 are hydrogen atoms.
式(OA-3)中,Ra1、m、n及p分別與式(OA-1)中的Ra1、m、n及p為相同含義。 In formula (OA-3), Ra1 , m, n and p have the same meanings as Ra1 , m, n and p in formula (OA-1), respectively.
進而,於本發明中,特定親水性化合物特佳為式(OA-3)中滿足Ra1=H、n=2及p=1的化合物,即寡聚乙二醇或聚乙二醇。進而,該情況下,m較佳為2~10,更佳為2~6,進而佳為2~4。另外,特定親水性化合物亦特佳為式(OA-3)中滿足Ra1=H、n=3及p=1的化合物,即寡聚丙二醇或聚丙二醇。進而該情況下,m較佳為2~10,更佳為2~6,進而佳為2~4。 Furthermore, in the present invention, the specific hydrophilic compound is preferably a compound satisfying Ra1 = H, n = 2 and p = 1 in formula (OA-3), that is, oligoethylene glycol or polyethylene glycol. Furthermore, in this case, m is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 6, and further preferably 2 to 4. In addition, the specific hydrophilic compound is also preferably a compound satisfying Ra1 = H, n = 3 and p = 1 in formula (OA-3), that is, oligopropylene glycol or polypropylene glycol. Furthermore, in this case, m is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 6, and further preferably 2 to 4.
式(OA-1)或式(OA-3)所表示的特定親水性化合物的較佳態樣如下所述。下述式中,帶有m的式表示聚乙二醇,m表示氧伸乙基結構的重複數(平均加成莫耳數)。m的較佳範圍為2~10。 The preferred embodiment of the specific hydrophilic compound represented by formula (OA-1) or formula (OA-3) is as follows. In the following formula, the formula with m represents polyethylene glycol, and m represents the number of repetitions of the oxyethyl group structure (average addition molar number). The preferred range of m is 2 to 10.
[化10]
於本發明的保護層形成用組成物中,相對於保護層形成用組成物的總量,特定親水性化合物的含量較佳為0.01質量%~5質量%。藉由特定親水性化合物的含量為所述範圍,抑制保護層的裂紋及殘渣的本發明的效果進一步提高。特定親水性化合物的含量的上限更佳為4.0質量%以下,進而佳為3.5質量%以下,特佳為3.0質量%以下。另外,特定親水性化合物的含量的下限更佳為0.05質量%以上,進而佳為0.1質量%以上,特佳為0.3質量%以 上。另外,相對於水溶性樹脂的含量,特定親水性化合物的含量較佳為0.1質量%~50質量%。藉由特定親水性化合物的含量為所述範圍,抑制保護層的裂紋及殘渣的本發明的效果進一步提高。特定親水性化合物的含量的上限更佳為40質量%以下,進而佳為35質量%以下,特佳為30質量%以下。另外,特定親水性化合物的含量的下限更佳為1質量%以上,進而佳為3質量%以上,特佳為5質量%以上。 In the protective layer forming composition of the present invention, the content of the specific hydrophilic compound is preferably 0.01 mass% to 5 mass% relative to the total amount of the protective layer forming composition. When the content of the specific hydrophilic compound is within the above range, the effect of the present invention of suppressing cracks and residues of the protective layer is further improved. The upper limit of the content of the specific hydrophilic compound is more preferably 4.0 mass% or less, further preferably 3.5 mass% or less, and particularly preferably 3.0 mass% or less. In addition, the lower limit of the content of the specific hydrophilic compound is more preferably 0.05 mass% or more, further preferably 0.1 mass% or more, and particularly preferably 0.3 mass% or more. In addition, the content of the specific hydrophilic compound is preferably 0.1 mass% to 50 mass% relative to the content of the water-soluble resin. By setting the content of the specific hydrophilic compound to be within the above range, the effect of the present invention of suppressing cracks and residues in the protective layer is further improved. The upper limit of the content of the specific hydrophilic compound is preferably 40% by mass or less, further preferably 35% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 30% by mass or less. In addition, the lower limit of the content of the specific hydrophilic compound is preferably 1% by mass or more, further preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more.
於本發明的保護層形成用組成物中,特定親水性化合物可單獨使用一種,亦可以多種的組合使用。於多種的組合的情況下,較佳為該些的合計量處於所述範圍。 In the protective layer forming composition of the present invention, the specific hydrophilic compound can be used alone or in combination of multiple types. In the case of multiple combinations, it is preferred that the total amount of these is within the above range.
<<溶劑>> <<Solvent>>
保護層形成用組成物中使用的溶劑如上所述至少包含水。另外,溶劑可包含水溶性溶劑作為水以外的其他溶劑。另外,保護層形成用組成物亦可為不含水溶性溶劑(即,保護層形成用組成物中的溶劑僅為水)的態樣。 The solvent used in the protective layer forming composition contains at least water as described above. In addition, the solvent may contain a water-soluble solvent as a solvent other than water. In addition, the protective layer forming composition may also be a state that does not contain a water-soluble solvent (that is, the solvent in the protective layer forming composition is only water).
添加至保護層形成用組成物的水溶性溶劑較佳為23℃下在水中的溶解度為1g以上的有機溶劑。有機溶劑在23℃下在水中的溶解度更佳為10g以上,進而佳為30g以上。作為此種水溶性溶劑,例如可列舉:甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、乙二醇、甘油等醇系溶劑;丙酮等酮系溶劑;甲醯胺等醯胺系溶劑等。 The water-soluble solvent added to the protective layer forming composition is preferably an organic solvent having a solubility of 1 g or more in water at 23°C. The solubility of the organic solvent in water at 23°C is more preferably 10 g or more, and further preferably 30 g or more. Examples of such water-soluble solvents include: alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, ethylene glycol, and glycerin; ketone solvents such as acetone; amide solvents such as formamide, etc.
相對於保護層形成用組成物的總量,包含水及其他溶劑的溶劑整體的含量較佳為80質量%~95質量%。該數值範圍的上 限更佳為93質量%以下,進而佳為90質量%以下。另外,該數值範圍的下限更佳為83質量%以上,進而佳為85質量%以上。即,本發明的保護層形成用組成物的固體成分濃度較佳為5質量%~20質量%。該數值範圍的上限更佳為17質量%以下,進而佳為15質量%以下。另外,該數值範圍的下限更佳為7質量%以上,進而佳為10質量%以上。 The content of the solvent as a whole including water and other solvents relative to the total amount of the protective layer forming composition is preferably 80 mass% to 95 mass%. The upper limit of the numerical range is preferably 93 mass% or less, and more preferably 90 mass% or less. In addition, the lower limit of the numerical range is preferably 83 mass% or more, and more preferably 85 mass% or more. That is, the solid content concentration of the protective layer forming composition of the present invention is preferably 5 mass% to 20 mass%. The upper limit of the numerical range is preferably 17 mass% or less, and more preferably 15 mass% or less. In addition, the lower limit of the numerical range is preferably 7 mass% or more, and more preferably 10 mass% or more.
相對於保護層形成用組成物的總量,保護層形成用組成物中的水的含量較佳為80質量%~95質量%。該數值範圍的上限更佳為93質量%以下,進而佳為90質量%以下。另外,該數值範圍的下限更佳為83質量%以上,進而佳為85質量%以上。另外,相對於溶劑整體的含量,保護層形成用組成物中的水的含量較佳為80質量%~100質量%。該數值範圍的上限可為98質量%以下,亦可為95質量%以下。另外,該數值範圍的下限更佳為85質量%以上,進而佳為90質量%以上。 The content of water in the protective layer forming composition is preferably 80% to 95% by mass relative to the total amount of the protective layer forming composition. The upper limit of the numerical range is preferably 93% by mass or less, and more preferably 90% by mass or less. In addition, the lower limit of the numerical range is preferably 83% by mass or more, and more preferably 85% by mass or more. In addition, the content of water in the protective layer forming composition is preferably 80% to 100% by mass relative to the content of the entire solvent. The upper limit of the numerical range may be 98% by mass or less, and may be 95% by mass or less. In addition, the lower limit of the numerical range is preferably 85% by mass or more, and more preferably 90% by mass or more.
相對於溶劑整體的含量,保護層形成用組成物中的水溶性溶劑的含量較佳為0質量%~10質量%。該數值範圍的上限更佳為8質量%以下,進而佳為5質量%以下。另外,該數值範圍的下限可超過0質量%。 The content of the water-soluble solvent in the protective layer forming composition is preferably 0 mass% to 10 mass% relative to the content of the entire solvent. The upper limit of the numerical range is preferably 8 mass% or less, and further preferably 5 mass% or less. In addition, the lower limit of the numerical range may exceed 0 mass%.
<<其他成分>> <<Other ingredients>>
於本發明中,保護層形成用組成物可包含能夠溶解於水溶性溶劑(醇等)的樹脂、含乙炔基的界面活性劑、其他界面活性劑、防腐劑、防黴劑及遮光劑作為其他成分。 In the present invention, the protective layer forming composition may include a resin soluble in a water-soluble solvent (such as alcohol), an acetylene-containing surfactant, other surfactants, a preservative, an anti-mold agent, and a sunscreen as other ingredients.
〔能夠溶解於水溶性溶劑的樹脂〕 [Resins that can be dissolved in water-soluble solvents]
能夠溶解於水溶性溶劑的樹脂是指相對於23℃下的水溶性溶劑100g而溶解1g以上的樹脂。並且,水溶性樹脂較佳為相對於23℃下的水溶性溶劑100g而溶解5g以上的樹脂,更佳為溶解10g以上的樹脂,進而佳為溶解20g以上的樹脂。溶解量並不特別存在上限,但實際上為30g左右。 A resin that can be dissolved in a water-soluble solvent refers to a resin that can dissolve 1g or more relative to 100g of the water-soluble solvent at 23°C. Furthermore, the water-soluble resin is preferably a resin that can dissolve 5g or more relative to 100g of the water-soluble solvent at 23°C, more preferably a resin that can dissolve 10g or more, and even more preferably a resin that can dissolve 20g or more. There is no particular upper limit to the amount of dissolution, but it is actually about 30g.
能夠溶解於水溶性溶劑的樹脂較佳為能夠溶解於作為水溶性溶劑的醇的醇溶解性樹脂,更佳為聚乙烯縮醛。 The resin soluble in a water-soluble solvent is preferably an alcohol-soluble resin soluble in alcohol as a water-soluble solvent, and more preferably polyvinyl acetal.
〔含乙炔基的界面活性劑〕 [Surfactant containing acetylene group]
保護層形成用組成物藉由含有含乙炔基的界面活性劑,可進一步抑制殘渣的產生。 The protective layer forming composition can further suppress the generation of residues by containing an acetylene-containing surfactant.
含乙炔基的界面活性劑中,分子內的乙炔基的個數並無特別限制,較佳為一個~十個,更佳為一個~五個,進而佳為一個~三個,進而較佳為一個~兩個。 In the surfactant containing acetylene groups, the number of acetylene groups in the molecule is not particularly limited, preferably one to ten, more preferably one to five, further preferably one to three, further preferably one to two.
含乙炔基的界面活性劑的分子量較佳為比較小,較佳為2,000以下,更佳為1,500以下,進而佳為1,000以下。並不特別存在下限值,較佳為200以上。 The molecular weight of the acetylene-containing surfactant is preferably relatively small, preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and further preferably 1,000 or less. There is no particular lower limit, but it is preferably 200 or more.
-式(9)所表示的化合物- -Compound represented by formula (9)-
含乙炔基的界面活性劑較佳為下述式(9)所表示的化合物。 The acetylene group-containing surfactant is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (9).
[化11]R91-C≡C-R92 (9) [Chemical 11] R 91 -C≡CR 92 (9)
式中,R91及R92分別獨立地為碳數3~15的烷基、碳數6~15的芳香族烴基、或碳數4~15的芳香族雜芳基。芳香族雜芳基的碳數較佳為1~12,更佳為2~6,進而佳為2~4。芳香族雜環較佳為五員環或六員環。芳香族雜芳基所含的雜原子較佳為氮原子、氧原子、或硫原子。 In the formula, R 91 and R 92 are independently an alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, an aromatic alkyl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, or an aromatic heteroaryl group having 4 to 15 carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, and even more preferably 2 to 4. The aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably a five-membered ring or a six-membered ring. The heteroatom contained in the aromatic heteroaryl group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom.
R91及R92亦可分別獨立地具有取代基,作為取代基,可列舉所述取代基T。 R 91 and R 92 may each independently have a substituent, and as the substituent, the substituent T described above can be cited.
-式(91)所表示的化合物- -Compound represented by formula (91)-
作為式(9)所表示的化合物,較佳為下述式(91)所表示的化合物。 As the compound represented by formula (9), the compound represented by the following formula (91) is preferred.
R93~R96分別獨立地為碳數1~24的烴基,n9為1~6的整數,m9為n9的兩倍的整數,n10為1~6的整數,m10為n10的兩倍的整數,l9及l10分別獨立地為0以上且12以下的數。 R 93 to R 96 are each independently a alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, n9 is an integer of 1 to 6, m9 is an integer twice n9, n10 is an integer of 1 to 6, m10 is an integer twice n10, and l9 and l10 are each independently a number of 0 to 12.
R93~R96為烴基,其中較佳為烷基(較佳為碳數1~12,更佳為1~6,進而佳為1~3)、烯基(較佳為碳數2~12,更佳為2~ 6,進而佳為2~3)、炔基(較佳為碳數2~12,更佳為2~6,進而佳為2~3)、芳基(較佳為碳數6~22,更佳為6~18,進而佳為6~10)、芳基烷基(較佳為碳數7~23,更佳為7~19,進而佳為7~11)。烷基、烯基、炔基可為直鏈狀亦可為環狀,可為直鏈亦可分支。R93~R96亦可在發揮本發明的效果的範圍內具有取代基T。另外,R93~R96可相互鍵結,或者經由所述連結基L而形成環。取代基T於存在多個時可相互鍵結,或者經由下述連結基L或不經由下述連結基L而與式中的烴基鍵結來形成環。 R 93 to R 96 are alkyl groups, preferably alkyl groups (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), alkenyl groups (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), alkynyl groups (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), aryl groups (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), and arylalkyl groups (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms). Alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, and alkynyl groups may be straight chain groups or cyclic groups, and may be straight chain groups or branched groups. R 93 to R 96 may also have a substituent T within the scope of exerting the effect of the present invention. In addition, R 93 to R 96 may be bonded to each other or to form a ring via the linking group L. When there are plural substituents T, they may be bonded to each other or to the alkyl group in the formula via the linking group L described below or without the linking group L described below to form a ring.
R93及R94較佳為烷基(較佳為碳數1~12,更佳為1~6,進而佳為1~3)。其中較佳為甲基。 R 93 and R 94 are preferably alkyl groups (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), and methyl groups are particularly preferred.
R95及R96較佳為烷基(較佳為碳數1~12,更佳為2~6,進而佳為3~6)。其中,較佳為-(Cn11R98 m11)-R97。R95、R96特佳為異丁基。 R 95 and R 96 are preferably alkyl groups (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3 to 6 carbon atoms). Among them, -(C n11 R 98 m11 )-R 97 is preferred. R 95 and R 96 are particularly preferably isobutyl groups.
n11為1~6的整數,較佳為1~3的整數。m11為n11的兩倍的數。 n11 is an integer between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 3. m11 is twice the value of n11.
R97及R98分別獨立地較佳為氫原子或烷基(較佳為碳數1~12,更佳為1~6,進而佳為1~3)。 R 97 and R 98 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms).
n9為1~6的整數,較佳為1~3的整數。m9為n9的兩倍的整數。 n9 is an integer between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 3. m9 is an integer twice that of n9.
n10為1~6的整數,較佳為1~3的整數。m10為n10的兩倍的整數。 n10 is an integer between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 3. m10 is an integer twice of n10.
l9及l10分別獨立地為0~12的數。其中,l9+l10較佳為0 ~12的數,更佳為0~8的數,進而佳為0~6的數,進而較佳為超過0且未滿6的數,進而更佳為超過0且3以下的數。再者,關於l9、l10,式(91)的化合物有時成為在其數量上不同的化合物的混合物,此時l9及l10的數、或者l9+l10可為包含小數點以下的數。 l9 and l10 are independently a number of 0 to 12. Among them, l9+l10 is preferably a number of 0 to 12, more preferably a number of 0 to 8, further preferably a number of 0 to 6, further preferably a number greater than 0 and less than 6, further preferably a number greater than 0 and less than 3. In addition, regarding l9 and l10, the compound of formula (91) may be a mixture of compounds different in their number, in which case the numbers of l9 and l10, or l9+l10 may be a number containing decimal points.
-式(92)所表示的化合物- -Compound represented by formula (92)-
式(91)所表示的化合物較佳為下述式(92)所表示的化合物。 The compound represented by formula (91) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (92).
R93、R94、R97~R100分別獨立地為碳數1~24的烴基,l11及l12分別獨立地為0以上且12以下的數。 R 93 , R 94 , R 97 to R 100 are each independently a alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and l11 and l12 are each independently a number of 0 to 12.
R93、R94、R97~R100中,較佳為烷基(較佳為碳數1~12,更佳為1~6,進而佳為1~3)、烯基(較佳為碳數2~12,更佳為2~6,進而佳為2~3)、炔基(較佳為碳數2~12,更佳為2~6,進而佳為2~3)、芳基(較佳為碳數6~22,更佳為6~18,進而佳為6~10)、芳基烷基(較佳為碳數7~23,更佳為7~19,進而佳為7~11)。烷基、烯基、炔基可為鏈狀亦可為環狀,可為直鏈 亦可分支。R93、R94、R97~R100亦可在發揮本發明的效果的範圍內具有取代基T。另外,R93、R94、R97~R100可相互鍵結,或者經由連結基L而形成環。取代基T於存在多個時可相互鍵結,或者經由連結基L或不經由連結基L而與式中的烴基鍵結來形成環。 Among R 93 , R 94 , R 97 to R 100 , preferably an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkynyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), and an arylalkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms). The alkyl group, the alkenyl group, and the alkynyl group may be in the form of a chain or a ring, and may be a straight chain or a branched chain. R 93 , R 94 , R 97 to R 100 may have a substituent T within the range that the effect of the present invention is exerted. In addition, R 93 , R 94 , R 97 to R 100 may be bonded to each other or to form a ring via a linking group L. When there are multiple substituents T, they may be bonded to each other or to the alkyl group in the formula via a linking group L or without a linking group L to form a ring.
R93、R94、R97~R100分別獨立地較佳為烷基(較佳為碳數1~12,更佳為1~6,進而佳為1~3)。其中較佳為甲基。 R 93 , R 94 , R 97 to R 100 are each independently preferably an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), and preferably a methyl group.
l11+l12較佳為0~12的數,更佳為0~8的數,進而佳為0~6的數,進而較佳為超過0且未滿6的數,進而更佳為超過0且5以下的數,進而更佳為超過0且4以下的數,可為超過0且3以下的數,亦可為超過0且1以下的數。再者,關於l11、l12,式(92)的化合物有時成為在其數量上不同的化合物的混合物,此時l11及l12的數、或者l11+l12可為包含小數點以下的數。 l11+l12 is preferably a number of 0 to 12, more preferably a number of 0 to 8, further preferably a number of 0 to 6, further preferably a number greater than 0 and less than 6, further preferably a number greater than 0 and less than 5, further preferably a number greater than 0 and less than 4, and may be a number greater than 0 and less than 3, or a number greater than 0 and less than 1. In addition, regarding l11 and l12, the compound of formula (92) may be a mixture of compounds different in their number, in which case the number of l11 and l12, or l11+l12 may be a number including decimal points.
作為含乙炔基的界面活性劑,可列舉沙非諾(Surfynol)104系列(商品名,日信化學工業股份有限公司)、阿塞奇諾(Acetyrenol)E00、阿塞奇諾(Acetyrenol)E40、阿塞奇諾(Acetyrenol)E13T、阿塞奇諾(Acetyrenol)60(均為商品名,川研精細化學公司製造),其中,較佳為沙非諾(Surfynol)104系列、阿塞奇諾(Acetyrenol)E00、阿塞奇諾(Acetyrenol)E40、阿塞奇諾(Acetyrenol)E13T,更佳為阿塞奇諾(Acetyrenol)E40、阿塞奇諾(Acetyrenol)E13T。再者,沙非諾(Surfynol)104系列與阿塞奇諾(Acetyrenol)E00為相同結構的界面活性劑。 Examples of surfactants containing acetylene groups include Surfynol 104 series (trade names, Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Acetyrenol E00, Acetyrenol E40, Acetyrenol E13T, Acetyrenol 60 (all trade names, Sichuan (produced by Kensei Chemical Co., Ltd.), among which Surfynol 104 series, Acetyrenol E00, Acetyrenol E40, Acetyrenol E13T are preferred, and Acetyrenol E40 and Acetyrenol E13T are more preferred. Furthermore, Surfynol 104 series and Acetyrenol E00 are surfactants with the same structure.
〔其他界面活性劑〕 [Other surfactants]
為了提高塗佈性等目的,保護層形成用組成物亦可含有所述含乙炔基的界面活性劑以外的其他界面活性劑。 In order to improve coating properties, the protective layer forming composition may also contain other surfactants besides the above-mentioned acetylene group-containing surfactant.
作為其他界面活性劑,只要是使保護層形成用組成物的表面張力降低者,則可為非離子系、陰離子系、兩性氟系等任意者。 As other surfactants, any surfactants may be non-ionic, anionic, amphoteric fluorine, etc., as long as they can reduce the surface tension of the protective layer forming composition.
作為其他界面活性劑,例如能夠使用:聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯鯨蠟基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚等聚氧乙烯烷基醚類,聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚等聚氧乙烯烷基芳基醚類,聚氧乙烯硬脂酸酯等聚氧乙烯烷基酯類,脫水山梨糖醇單月桂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇單硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇單油酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇倍半油酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇三油酸酯等脫水山梨糖醇烷基酯類,甘油單硬脂酸酯、甘油單油酸酯等單甘油酯烷基酯類等,含氟或矽的寡聚物等非離子系界面活性劑;十二烷基苯磺酸鈉等烷基苯磺酸鹽類,丁基萘磺酸鈉、戊基萘磺酸鈉、己基萘磺酸鈉、辛基萘磺酸鈉等烷基萘磺酸鹽類,月桂基硫酸鈉等烷基硫酸鹽類,十二烷基磺酸鈉等烷基磺酸鹽類,磺基琥珀酸鈉二月桂基酯等磺基琥珀酸酯鹽類等陰離子系界面活性劑;月桂基甜菜鹼、硬脂基甜菜鹼等烷基甜菜鹼類,胺基酸類等兩性界面活性劑。 As other surfactants, for example, polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers such as polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene cetyl ether, and polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene alkyl aryl ethers such as polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether and polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene alkyl esters such as polyoxyethylene stearate, sorbitan alkyl esters such as sorbitan monolaurate, sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan distearate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan sesquioleate, and sorbitan trioleate, glycerol monostearate, sorbitan alkyl esters such as sorbitan monolaurate, sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan distearate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan sesquioleate, and sorbitan trioleate can be used. Non-ionic surfactants such as fatty acid esters, monoglyceride alkyl esters such as glycerol monooleate, oligomers containing fluorine or silicon, etc.; alkyl benzene sulfonates such as sodium dodecylbenzene sulfonate, alkyl naphthalene sulfonates such as sodium butylnaphthalene sulfonate, sodium amylnaphthalene sulfonate, sodium hexylnaphthalene sulfonate, sodium octylnaphthalene sulfonate, alkyl sulfates such as sodium lauryl sulfate, alkyl sulfonates such as sodium dodecyl sulfonate, sulfosuccinates such as sodium dilauryl sulfosuccinate, etc.; anionic surfactants such as alkyl betaines such as lauryl betaine and stearyl betaine, and amphoteric surfactants such as amino acids.
於保護層形成用組成物含有含乙炔基的界面活性劑及其他界面活性劑的情況下,以含乙炔基的界面活性劑與其他界面活性劑的總量計,相對於保護層形成用組成物的總質量,界面活 性劑的添加量較佳為0.05質量%~20質量%,更佳為0.07質量%~15質量%,進而佳為0.1質量%~10質量%。該些界面活性劑可單獨使用一種,亦可以多種的組合使用。於多種的組合的情況下,較佳為該些的合計量處於所述範圍。 When the protective layer forming composition contains an acetylene-containing surfactant and other surfactants, the amount of the surfactant added is preferably 0.05% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.07% by mass to 15% by mass, and further preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, based on the total amount of the acetylene-containing surfactant and other surfactants relative to the total mass of the protective layer forming composition. These surfactants can be used alone or in combination. In the case of multiple combinations, it is preferred that the total amount of these is within the above range.
另外,本發明中,亦可設為實質上不含其他界面活性劑的結構。實質上不含是指其他界面活性劑的含量為含乙炔基的界面活性劑的含量的5質量%以下,較佳為3質量%以下,進而佳為1質量%以下。 In addition, in the present invention, a structure that substantially does not contain other surfactants can also be set. Substantially free means that the content of other surfactants is less than 5% by mass of the content of the acetylene group-containing surfactant, preferably less than 3% by mass, and more preferably less than 1% by mass.
於保護層形成用組成物中,相對於保護層形成用組成物的總質量,其他界面活性劑的含量較佳為0.05質量%以上,更佳為0.07質量%以上,進而佳為0.1質量%以上。另外,上限值較佳為20質量%以下,更佳為15質量%以下,進而佳為10質量%以下。此種其他界面活性劑可單獨使用一種,亦可以多種的組合使用。於多種的組合的情況下,較佳為該些的合計量處於所述範圍。 In the protective layer forming composition, the content of other surfactants relative to the total mass of the protective layer forming composition is preferably 0.05 mass% or more, more preferably 0.07 mass% or more, and further preferably 0.1 mass% or more. In addition, the upper limit is preferably 20 mass% or less, more preferably 15 mass% or less, and further preferably 10 mass% or less. Such other surfactants can be used alone or in combination. In the case of multiple combinations, it is preferred that the total amount of these is within the above range.
其他界面活性劑的23℃下的0.1質量%水溶液的表面張力較佳為45mN/m以下,更佳為40mN/m以下,進而佳為35mN/m以下。作為下限,較佳為5mN/m以上,更佳為10mN/m以上,進而佳為15mN/m以上。界面活性劑的表面張力只要根據所選擇的其他界面活性劑的種類適當選擇即可。 The surface tension of a 0.1 mass% aqueous solution of other surfactants at 23°C is preferably 45mN/m or less, more preferably 40mN/m or less, and further preferably 35mN/m or less. As a lower limit, it is preferably 5mN/m or more, more preferably 10mN/m or more, and further preferably 15mN/m or more. The surface tension of the surfactant can be appropriately selected according to the type of other surfactant selected.
〔防腐劑及防黴劑〕 [Preservatives and mold inhibitors]
藉由保護層形成用組成物含有防腐劑及防黴劑,可更長期地維持保護層形成用組成物的品質。 Since the protective layer forming composition contains a preservative and a mildew preventer, the quality of the protective layer forming composition can be maintained for a longer period of time.
作為防腐劑及防黴劑,較佳為是具有抗菌或防黴作用的添加劑,且包含選自水溶性或水分散性的有機化合物中的至少一種。作為此種添加劑,可列舉有機系防腐劑及防黴劑、無機系防腐劑及防黴劑、天然系防腐劑及防黴劑等。例如,防腐劑及防黴劑可使用東麗分析研究中心(Toray Research Center)(股)發行的「抗菌防黴技術」中所記載者。 As preservatives and mildew preventives, it is preferred that the additives have antibacterial or mildew preventive effects and contain at least one selected from water-soluble or water-dispersible organic compounds. As such additives, organic preservatives and mildew preventives, inorganic preservatives and mildew preventives, natural preservatives and mildew preventives, etc. can be listed. For example, preservatives and mildew preventives can use those described in "Antibacterial and Mildew Preventive Technology" issued by Toray Research Center (Co., Ltd.).
於本發明中,藉由於保護層中調配防腐劑及防黴劑,可進一步抑制由長期室溫保管後的溶液內部的微生物增殖引起的組成物的品質下降,結果,可進一步抑制塗佈缺陷的增加。 In the present invention, by mixing preservatives and anti-mold agents in the protective layer, the quality degradation of the composition caused by the proliferation of microorganisms in the solution after long-term storage at room temperature can be further suppressed, and as a result, the increase of coating defects can be further suppressed.
作為防腐劑及防黴劑,可列舉:酚醚系化合物、咪唑系化合物、碸系化合物、N-鹵代烷基硫代化合物、醯苯胺系化合物、吡咯系化合物、四級銨鹽、胂系化合物、吡啶系化合物、三嗪系化合物、苯並異噻唑啉系化合物、異噻唑啉系化合物等。具體而言,例如可列舉:甲基異噻唑啉酮、2-(4-硫代氰基甲基)苯並咪唑、1,2-苯並噻唑酮(1,2-benzothiazolone)、1,2-苯並異噻唑啉-3-酮、N-氟二氯甲基硫代-鄰苯二甲醯亞胺、2,3,5,6-四氯異鄰苯二甲腈、N-三氯甲基硫代-4-環己烯-1,2-二羧基醯亞胺、8-喹啉酸銅、雙(三丁基錫)氧化物、2-(4-噻唑基)苯並咪唑、2-苯並咪唑胺基甲酸甲酯、10,10'-氧代雙吩噁吡(10,10'-oxybis(phenoxarsine))、2,3,5,6-四氯-4-(甲基碸)吡啶、雙(2-吡啶基硫代-1-氧化物)鋅、N,N-二甲基-N'-(氟二氯甲基硫代)-N'-苯基磺醯胺、聚-(六亞甲基雙胍)氯化氫、二硫代-2-2'-雙、2-甲基-4,5-三亞甲基-4-異噻唑啉-3-酮、2-(二 氯-氟甲基)磺醯基異吲哚-1,3-二酮、2-溴-2-硝基丙烷-1,3-二醇、甲磺醯基四氯吡啶、六氫-1,3,5-三(2-羥基乙基)-均三嗪、對氯-間二甲苯酚、1,2-苯並異噻唑啉-3-酮、甲苯酚、二乙酸鈉、二碘甲基對甲苯基碸等。 As preservatives and mold inhibitors, there can be mentioned: phenol ether compounds, imidazole compounds, sulfonium compounds, N-halogenated alkyl sulfide compounds, aniline compounds, pyrrole compounds, quaternary ammonium salts, arsine compounds, pyridine compounds, triazine compounds, benzoisothiazoline compounds, isothiazolinium compounds, etc. Specifically, for example, methylisothiazolinone, 2-(4-thiocyanomethyl)benzimidazole, 1,2-benzothiazolone, 1,2-benzoisothiazoline-3-one, N-fluorodichloromethylthio-o-phthalimide, 2,3,5,6-tetrachloroisophthalonitrile, N-trichloromethylthio-4-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid imide, 8-quinolinic acid copper, bis(tributyltin)oxide, 2-(4-thiazolyl)benzimidazole, 2-benzimidazolecarbamate, 10,10'-oxybis(phenoxarsine), 2,3,5,6-tetrachloroisophthalonitrile, N-trichloromethylthio-4-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid imide, 8-quinolinic acid copper, bis(tributyltin)oxide, 2-(4-thiazolyl)benzimidazole, 2-benzimidazolecarbamate, 10,10'-oxybis(phenoxarsine), 2,3, 5,6-tetrachloro-4-(methylsulfonate)pyridine, bis(2-pyridylthio-1-oxide)zinc, N,N-dimethyl-N'-(fluorodichloromethylthio)-N'-phenylsulfonamide, poly-(hexamethylenebiguanidine) hydrochloride, dithio-2-2'-bis(2-methyl-4,5-trimethylene-4-isothiazoline-3-one, 2- (Dichloro-fluoromethyl)sulfonyl isoindole-1,3-dione, 2-bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol, methylsulfonyl tetrachloropyridine, hexahydro-1,3,5-tris(2-hydroxyethyl)-s-triazine, p-chloro-m-xylenol, 1,2-benzoisothiazoline-3-one, cresol, sodium diacetate, diiodomethyl p-tolylsulfonate, etc.
於本發明中,就抑制保護層形成用組成物中的發黴的觀點而言,保護層形成用組成物較佳為含有防黴劑。特別是於以上所述的化合物中,防黴劑較佳為包含異噻唑啉酮系化合物、2-溴-2-硝基丙烷-1,3-二醇、甲磺醯基四氯吡啶、2-(二氯-氟甲基)磺醯基異吲哚-1,3-二酮、二乙酸鈉及二碘甲基對甲苯基碸中的至少一種,更佳為包含異噻唑啉系化合物,進而佳為包含甲基異噻唑啉酮。 In the present invention, from the viewpoint of inhibiting mold formation in the protective layer forming composition, the protective layer forming composition preferably contains a mold inhibitor. In particular, among the above-mentioned compounds, the mold inhibitor preferably includes at least one of isothiazolinone compounds, 2-bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol, methanesulfonyl tetrachloropyridine, 2-(dichloro-fluoromethyl)sulfonyl isoindole-1,3-dione, sodium diacetate and diiodomethyl p-tolyl sulfone, more preferably includes an isothiazolinone compound, and further preferably includes methylisothiazolinone.
作為天然系抗菌劑或防黴劑,有對螃蟹或蝦的甲殼等中所含的幾丁質(chitin)進行水解而獲得的鹼性多糖類的幾丁聚醣。較佳為包含使金屬於胺基酸的兩側複合而成的胺基金屬的日礦的「Holon Killer Beads Celler(商品名)」。 As a natural antibacterial agent or mold preventer, there is chitosan, a basic polysaccharide obtained by hydrolyzing chitin contained in the shells of crabs and shrimps. A preferred one is "Holon Killer Beads Celler (trade name)" by Nichimin, which contains amine-based metals complexed on both sides of amino acids.
相對於保護層形成用組成物的總質量,保護層形成用組成物中的防腐劑及防黴劑的含量較佳為0.005質量%~5質量%,更佳為0.01質量%~3質量%,進而佳為0.05質量%~2質量%,進而較佳為0.1質量%~1質量%。防腐劑及防黴劑可單獨使用一種,亦可以多種的組合使用。於多種的組合的情況下,較佳為該些的合計量處於所述範圍。 Relative to the total mass of the protective layer forming composition, the content of the preservative and mildew preventive in the protective layer forming composition is preferably 0.005 mass% to 5 mass%, more preferably 0.01 mass% to 3 mass%, further preferably 0.05 mass% to 2 mass%, further preferably 0.1 mass% to 1 mass%. The preservative and mildew preventive may be used alone or in combination. In the case of multiple combinations, it is preferred that the total amount of these is within the above range.
〔遮光劑〕 [Sunscreen]
保護層形成用組成物較佳為包含遮光劑。藉由調配遮光劑,可進一步抑制光對有機層等的損傷等影響。 The protective layer forming composition preferably contains a sunscreen. By adding a sunscreen, the effects of light damage on organic layers, etc., can be further suppressed.
作為遮光劑,例如可使用公知的著色劑等,可列舉有機或無機的顏料或染料,較佳為列舉無機顏料,其中更佳為列舉碳黑、氧化鈦、氮化鈦等。 As a sunscreen, for example, known coloring agents can be used, such as organic or inorganic pigments or dyes, preferably inorganic pigments, and more preferably carbon black, titanium oxide, titanium nitride, etc.
相對於保護層形成用組成物的總質量,遮光劑的含量較佳為1質量%~50質量%,更佳為3質量%~40質量%,進而佳為5質量%~25質量%。遮光劑可單獨使用一種,亦可以多種的組合使用。於多種的組合的情況下,較佳為該些的合計量處於所述範圍。 The content of the sunscreen is preferably 1% to 50% by mass, more preferably 3% to 40% by mass, and even more preferably 5% to 25% by mass relative to the total mass of the protective layer forming composition. Sunscreens can be used alone or in combination. In the case of multiple combinations, it is preferred that the total amount of these is within the above range.
<積層體> <Layered body>
如上所述,本發明的保護層形成用組成物用於形成依序包括基板(以下亦稱為「基材」)、有機層及保護層的積層體,或者依序包括基板、有機層、保護層及感光層的積層體。並且,積層體可於積層體中所含的有機層的圖案化中使用。 As described above, the protective layer forming composition of the present invention is used to form a laminate including a substrate (hereinafter also referred to as "substrate"), an organic layer and a protective layer in sequence, or a laminate including a substrate, an organic layer, a protective layer and a photosensitive layer in sequence. Furthermore, the laminate can be used in patterning the organic layer contained in the laminate.
圖1的(a)~圖1的(d)是示意性地表示積層體的加工過程的概略剖面圖。關於積層體,如圖1的(a)所示的例子般,於基材4上配設有有機層3(例如,有機半導體層)。進而,將保護有機層3的保護層2以接觸的形式配設於有機層3的表面。在有機層3與保護層2之間亦可設置其他層,但就適當地保護有機層的觀點而言,較佳為有機層3與保護層2直接接觸。另外,於該保護層上配置有作為光致抗蝕劑發揮功能的感光層1。感光層1 與保護層2可直接接觸,亦可在感光層1與保護層2之間設置其他層。 FIG. 1 (a) to FIG. 1 (d) are schematic cross-sectional views schematically showing the processing process of the laminate. Regarding the laminate, as shown in the example of FIG. 1 (a), an organic layer 3 (for example, an organic semiconductor layer) is provided on a substrate 4. Furthermore, a protective layer 2 for protecting the organic layer 3 is provided on the surface of the organic layer 3 in a contacting manner. Other layers may be provided between the organic layer 3 and the protective layer 2, but from the viewpoint of appropriately protecting the organic layer, it is preferred that the organic layer 3 and the protective layer 2 are in direct contact. In addition, a photosensitive layer 1 that functions as a photoresist is provided on the protective layer. The photosensitive layer 1 and the protective layer 2 may be in direct contact, or other layers may be provided between the photosensitive layer 1 and the protective layer 2.
圖1的(b)中示出使感光層1的一部分曝光、顯影的狀態的一例。例如,藉由使用規定的遮罩等之類的方法對感光層1進行部分曝光,曝光後使用有機溶劑等顯影液進行顯影,藉此將去除部5中的感光層1去除,形成曝光顯影後的感光層1a。此時,保護層2不易被顯影液去除,因此殘存,有機層3藉由殘存的所述保護層2而得到保護,以免被顯影液損傷。 FIG1(b) shows an example of a state where a portion of the photosensitive layer 1 is exposed and developed. For example, the photosensitive layer 1 is partially exposed by using a predetermined mask or the like, and after exposure, the developer such as an organic solvent is used for development, thereby removing the photosensitive layer 1 in the removal portion 5 to form the photosensitive layer 1a after exposure and development. At this time, the protective layer 2 is not easily removed by the developer, so it remains, and the organic layer 3 is protected by the remaining protective layer 2 to avoid being damaged by the developer.
圖1的(c)中示出去除了保護層2及有機層3的一部分的狀態的一例。例如,藉由乾式蝕刻處理等,將顯影後的不存在感光層(抗蝕劑)1a的去除部5中的保護層2及有機層3去除,藉此於保護層2及有機層3形成去除部5a。以該方式進行,於去除部5a中可除去有機層3。即,可進行有機層3的圖案化。 FIG1(c) shows an example of a state where a portion of the protective layer 2 and the organic layer 3 are removed. For example, by dry etching, the protective layer 2 and the organic layer 3 in the removal portion 5 where the photosensitive layer (anti-etching agent) 1a does not exist after development are removed, thereby forming a removal portion 5a in the protective layer 2 and the organic layer 3. In this way, the organic layer 3 can be removed in the removal portion 5a. That is, the organic layer 3 can be patterned.
圖1的(d)中示出於所述圖案化後去除了感光層1a及保護層2的狀態的一例。例如,藉由利用包含水的剝離液來對所述圖1的(c)所示的狀態的積層體中的感光層1a及保護層2進行清洗等,從而去除加工後的有機層3a上的感光層1a及保護層2。 FIG1(d) shows an example of a state where the photosensitive layer 1a and the protective layer 2 are removed after the patterning. For example, by using a stripping liquid containing water to clean the photosensitive layer 1a and the protective layer 2 in the laminate shown in FIG1(c), the photosensitive layer 1a and the protective layer 2 on the processed organic layer 3a are removed.
如上所述,可使用依序包括基材、有機層、保護層及感光層的積層體,於有機層3形成所期望的圖案,且去除感光層1及保護層2。該些步驟的詳細情況將於下文敘述。 As described above, a laminate including a substrate, an organic layer, a protective layer, and a photosensitive layer in sequence can be used to form a desired pattern on the organic layer 3, and the photosensitive layer 1 and the protective layer 2 can be removed. The details of these steps will be described below.
<<基材>> <<Base material>>
作為積層體中使用的基材,例如可列舉由矽、石英、陶瓷、 玻璃、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯(polyethylene naphthalate,PEN)、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(polyethylene terephthalate,PET)等聚酯膜、聚醯亞胺膜等各種材料所形成的基材,可根據用途而選擇任何基材。例如,於用於可撓性元件的情況下,可使用由可撓性材料所形成的基材。另外,基材亦可為由多種材料所形成的複合基材、或積層有多種材料的積層基材。另外,基材的形狀亦無特別限定,只要根據用途來選擇即可,例如,可列舉板狀的基材。對於基板的厚度等亦無特別限定。 As the substrate used in the laminate, for example, substrates formed of various materials such as silicon, quartz, ceramics, glass, polyester films such as polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), and polyimide films can be listed. Any substrate can be selected according to the application. For example, in the case of a flexible element, a substrate formed of a flexible material can be used. In addition, the substrate can also be a composite substrate formed of multiple materials, or a laminated substrate in which multiple materials are layered. In addition, the shape of the substrate is not particularly limited, as long as it is selected according to the application. For example, a plate-shaped substrate can be listed. There is no particular limitation on the thickness of the substrate, etc.
<<有機層>> <<Organic layer>>
有機層是包含有機材料的層。具體的有機材料可根據有機層的用途及功能來適當選擇。作為有機層的設想的功能,例如可列舉半導體特性、發光特性、光電轉換特性、光吸收特性、電氣絕緣性、強介電性、透明性、絕緣性等。於積層體中,有機層只要包含在基材之上即可,基材與有機層可接觸,亦可在有機層與基材之間更包含其他層。 An organic layer is a layer containing organic materials. The specific organic material can be appropriately selected according to the purpose and function of the organic layer. Assumptions of the functions of the organic layer include semiconductor properties, luminescence properties, photoelectric conversion properties, light absorption properties, electrical insulation, strong dielectric properties, transparency, insulation, etc. In a laminate, the organic layer only needs to be included on the substrate, the substrate and the organic layer may be in contact, and other layers may be included between the organic layer and the substrate.
有機層的厚度並無特別限制,根據所使用的電子器件的種類等而不同,但較佳為1nm~50μm,更佳為1nm~5μm,進而佳為1nm~500nm。 The thickness of the organic layer is not particularly limited and varies depending on the type of electronic device used, but is preferably 1nm~50μm, more preferably 1nm~5μm, and even more preferably 1nm~500nm.
以下,特別對有機層為有機半導體層的例子進行詳細說明。有機半導體層是包含顯示半導體的特性的有機材料的層。 In the following, an example in which the organic layer is an organic semiconductor layer is described in detail. The organic semiconductor layer is a layer containing an organic material that exhibits semiconductor characteristics.
有機半導體層是包含有機半導體的有機層,有機半導體是顯示出半導體的特性的有機化合物。與包含無機化合物的半導 體的情況同樣地,有機半導體有以電洞(hole)為載子進行傳導的p型半導體、以及以電子為載子進行傳導的n型半導體。有機半導體層中的載子的流動容易度由載子遷移率μ來表示。雖然亦取決於用途,但一般而言載子遷移率高者佳,較佳為10-7cm2/Vs以上,更佳為10-6cm2/Vs以上,進而佳為10-5cm2/Vs以上。載子遷移率可基於製作場效電晶體(Field Effect Transistor,FET)元件時的特性或飛行時間計測(Time Of Flight,TOF)法的測定值而求出。 The organic semiconductor layer is an organic layer including an organic semiconductor, which is an organic compound showing semiconductor characteristics. As in the case of semiconductors including inorganic compounds, organic semiconductors include p-type semiconductors that conduct electricity using holes as carriers and n-type semiconductors that conduct electricity using electrons as carriers. The mobility of carriers in the organic semiconductor layer is represented by the carrier mobility μ. Although it depends on the application, in general, a higher carrier mobility is preferred, preferably 10 -7 cm 2 /Vs or more, more preferably 10 -6 cm 2 /Vs or more, and even more preferably 10 -5 cm 2 /Vs or more. The carrier mobility can be obtained based on the characteristics when manufacturing a field effect transistor (FET) device or the measured value by the time of flight (TOF) method.
作為可用於有機半導體層中的p型有機半導體,只要是具有電洞傳輸性的材料,則可使用任何材料。p型有機半導體較佳為p型π共軛高分子、縮合多環化合物、三芳基胺化合物、雜五員環化合物、酞菁化合物、卟啉化合物、碳奈米管及石墨烯中的任一種。另外,作為p型有機半導體,亦可組合使用該些化合物中的多種化合物。p型有機半導體更佳為p型π共軛高分子、縮合多環化合物、三芳基胺化合物、雜五員環化合物、酞菁化合物及卟啉化合物中的至少一種,進而佳為p型π共軛高分子及縮合多環化合物中的至少一種。 As a p-type organic semiconductor that can be used in the organic semiconductor layer, any material can be used as long as it has hole transport properties. The p-type organic semiconductor is preferably any one of p-type π-conjugated polymers, condensed polycyclic compounds, triarylamine compounds, hetero-five-membered ring compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, porphyrin compounds, carbon nanotubes, and graphene. In addition, as a p-type organic semiconductor, a plurality of these compounds can also be used in combination. The p-type organic semiconductor is more preferably at least one of p-type π-conjugated polymers, condensed polycyclic compounds, triarylamine compounds, hetero-five-membered ring compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, and porphyrin compounds, and more preferably at least one of p-type π-conjugated polymers and condensed polycyclic compounds.
p型π共軛高分子例如為經取代或未經取代的聚噻吩(例如聚(3-己基噻吩)(P3HT,日本西格瑪奧德里奇(Sigma-Aldrich Japan)有限責任公司製造)等)、聚硒吩(polyselenophene)、聚吡咯、聚對伸苯、聚對苯乙炔、聚噻吩乙炔、聚苯胺等。縮合多環化合物例如為經取代或未經取代的蒽、稠四苯、稠五苯、雙噻吩蒽、六苯並蔻等。 Examples of p-type π-conjugated polymers include substituted or unsubstituted polythiophenes (e.g., poly(3-hexylthiophene) (P3HT, manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Japan Co., Ltd.), polyselenophene, polypyrrole, poly(p-phenylene vinylene), polythiophene vinylene, polyaniline, etc. Examples of condensed polycyclic compounds include substituted or unsubstituted anthracene, condensed tetraphenylene, condensed pentacene, dithiophene anthracene, hexabenzocoronene, etc.
三芳基胺化合物例如為m-MTDATA(4,4',4"-三[(3-甲基苯基)苯基胺基]三苯基胺(4,4',4"-Tris[(3-methylphenyl)phenylamino]triphenylamine))、2-TNATA(4,4',4"-三[2-萘基(苯基)胺基]三苯基胺(4,4',4'-Tris[2-naphthyl(phenyl)amino]triphenylamine))、NPD(N,N'-二(1-萘基)-N,N'-二苯基-(1,1'-聯苯基)-4,4'-二胺(N,N'-Di(1-naphthyl)-N,N'-diphenyl-(1,1'-biphenyl)-4,4'-diamine))、TPD(N,N'-二苯基-N,N'-二(間甲苯基)聯苯胺(N,N'-Diphenyl-N,N'-di(m-tolyl)benzidine))、mCP(1,3-雙(9-咔唑基)苯(1,3-bis(9-carbazolyl)benzene))、CBP(4,4'-雙(9-咔唑基)-2,2'-聯苯(4,4'-bis(9-carbazolyl)-2,2'-biphenyl))等。 Examples of the triarylamine compound include m-MTDATA (4,4',4"-Tris[(3-methylphenyl)phenylamino]triphenylamine), 2-TNATA (4,4',4"-Tris[2-naphthyl(phenyl)amino]triphenylamine), NPD (N,N'-di(1-naphthyl)-N,N'-diphenyl-(1,1'-biphenyl)-4,4'-diamine), and NPD (N,N'-di(1-naphthyl)-N,N'-diphenyl-(1,1'-biphenyl)-4,4'-diamine). (1-naphthyl)-N,N'-diphenyl-(1,1'-biphenyl)-4,4'-diamine), TPD (N,N'-diphenyl-N,N'-di(m-tolyl)benzidine), mCP (1,3-bis(9-carbazolyl)benzene), CBP (4,4'-bis(9-carbazolyl)-2,2'-biphenyl), etc.
雜五員環化合物例如為經取代或未經取代的寡聚噻吩、四硫富烯(Tetrathiafulvalene,TTF)等。 Hetero five-membered ring compounds include, for example, substituted or unsubstituted oligothiophenes, tetrathiafulvalene (TTF), etc.
酞菁化合物是具有各種中心金屬的經取代或未經取代的酞菁、萘酞菁、蒽酞菁、四吡嗪並四氮雜卟啉(tetrapyrazinoporphyrazine)等。卟啉化合物是具有各種中心金屬的經取代或未經取代的卟啉。另外,碳奈米管可為表面修飾有半導體聚合物的碳奈米管。 Phthalocyanine compounds are substituted or unsubstituted phthalocyanine, naphthalocyanine, anthraphthalocyanine, tetrapyrazinoporphyrazine, etc. with various central metals. Porphyrin compounds are substituted or unsubstituted porphyrins with various central metals. In addition, carbon nanotubes can be carbon nanotubes with semiconductor polymers modified on the surface.
作為可用於有機半導體層中的n型有機半導體,只要為具有電子傳輸性的材料,則可使用任何材料。n型有機半導體較佳為富勒烯(fullerene)化合物、電子缺乏性酞菁化合物、縮環多環化合物(萘四羰基化合物、苝四羰基化合物等)、四氰基醌二甲烷 化合物(Tetracyanoquinodimethane compound,TCNQ化合物)、聚噻吩系化合物、聯苯胺系化合物、咔唑系化合物、啡啉系化合物、吡啶苯基配位體銥系化合物、喹啉醇配位體鋁系化合物、n型π共軛高分子及石墨烯中的任一種。另外,作為n型有機半導體,亦可組合使用該些化合物中的多種化合物。n型有機半導體更佳為富勒烯化合物、電子缺乏性酞菁化合物、縮環多環化合物及n型π共軛高分子中的至少一種,特佳為富勒烯化合物、縮環多環化合物及n型π共軛高分子中的至少一種。 As an n-type organic semiconductor that can be used in the organic semiconductor layer, any material can be used as long as it has electron transport properties. The n-type organic semiconductor is preferably any one of fullerene compounds, electron-deficient phthalocyanine compounds, condensed polycyclic compounds (naphthalenetetracarbonyl compounds, perylenetetracarbonyl compounds, etc.), tetracyanoquinodimethane compounds (Tetracyanoquinodimethane compounds, TCNQ compounds), polythiophene compounds, benzidine compounds, carbazole compounds, phenanthroline compounds, pyridinephenyl ligand iridium compounds, quinolinol alcohol ligand aluminum compounds, n-type π-conjugated polymers, and graphene. In addition, as an n-type organic semiconductor, a plurality of these compounds can also be used in combination. The n-type organic semiconductor is preferably at least one of a fullerene compound, an electron-deficient phthalocyanine compound, a condensed polycyclic compound, and an n-type π-conjugated polymer, and is particularly preferably at least one of a fullerene compound, a condensed polycyclic compound, and an n-type π-conjugated polymer.
所謂富勒烯化合物,是指經取代或未經取代的富勒烯,作為富勒烯,可為C60、C70、C76、C78、C80、C82、C84、C86、C88、C90、C96、C116、C180、C240、C540等所表示的富勒烯的任一種。富勒烯化合物較佳為經取代或未經取代的C60富勒烯、C70富勒烯、C86富勒烯,特佳為PCBM([6,6]-苯基-C61-丁酸甲酯,日本西格瑪奧德里奇有限責任公司製造等)及其類似物(例如,將C60部分置換為C70、C86等而成者、將取代基的苯環置換為其他芳香環或雜環而成者、將甲酯置換為正丁酯、異丁酯等而成者)。 The fullerene compound refers to a substituted or unsubstituted fullerene, and the fullerene may be any of the fullerenes represented by C 60 , C 70 , C 76 , C 78 , C 80 , C 82 , C 84 , C 86 , C 88 , C 90 , C 96 , C 116 , C 180 , C 240 , C 540 and the like. The fullerene compound is preferably substituted or unsubstituted C60 fullerene, C70 fullerene, or C86 fullerene, and particularly preferably PCBM ([6,6]-phenyl-C61-butyric acid methyl ester, manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Co., Ltd., Japan, etc.) and its analogs (for example, those in which C60 is partially replaced by C70 , C86 , etc., those in which the benzene ring of the substituent is replaced by other aromatic rings or heterocyclic rings, and those in which the methyl ester is replaced by n-butyl ester, isobutyl ester, etc.).
電子缺乏性酞菁化合物是指四個以上的拉電子基鍵結且具有各種中心金屬的經取代或未經取代的酞菁、萘酞菁、蒽酞菁、四吡嗪並四氮雜卟啉等。電子缺乏性酞菁化合物例如為氟化酞菁(F16MPc)及氯化酞菁(Cl16MPc)等。此處,M表示中心金屬,Pc表示酞菁。 Electron-deficient phthalocyanine compounds refer to substituted or unsubstituted phthalocyanine, naphthalocyanine, anthraphthalocyanine, tetrapyrazine tetrazoporphyrin, etc., which have four or more electron-withdrawing groups bonded and various central metals. Examples of electron-deficient phthalocyanine compounds are fluorinated phthalocyanine (F 16 MPc) and chlorinated phthalocyanine (Cl 16 MPc). Here, M represents a central metal, and Pc represents phthalocyanine.
作為萘四羰基化合物,可為任意者,較佳為萘四羧酸酐 (naphthalene tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride,NTCDA)、萘二醯亞胺化合物(naphthalene tetracarboxylic diimide,NTCDI)、紫環酮(perinone)顏料(顏料橙(Pigment Orange)43、顏料紅(Pigment Red)194等)。 The naphthalene tetracarbonyl compound may be any one, but preferably is naphthalene tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride (NTCDA), naphthalene tetracarboxylic diimide (NTCDI), perinone pigment (Pigment Orange 43, Pigment Red 194, etc.).
作為苝四羰基化合物,可為任意者,較佳為苝四羧酸酐(perylene tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride,PTCDA)、苝二醯亞胺化合物(perylene tetracarboxylic diimide,PTCDI)、苯並咪唑縮環物(PV)。 The perylene tetracarbonyl compound may be any one, but preferably perylene tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride (PTCDA), perylene tetracarboxylic diimide (PTCDI), or benzimidazole cyclocondensate (PV).
TCNQ化合物是指經取代或未經取代的TCNQ、及將TCNQ的苯環部分替換為其他芳香環或雜環而成者。TCNQ化合物例如為TCNQ、TCNAQ(四氰基蒽醌二甲烷)、TCN3T(2,2'-((2E,2"E)-3',4'-烷基取代-5H,5"H-[2,2':5',2"-三聯噻吩]-5,5"-二亞基)二丙二腈衍生物(2,2'-((2E,2"E)-3',4'-Alkyl substituted-5H,5"H-[2,2':5',2"-terthiophene]-5,5"-diylidene)dimalon onitrile derivatives))等。 TCNQ compounds refer to substituted or unsubstituted TCNQ, and compounds in which the benzene ring of TCNQ is replaced by other aromatic rings or heterocyclic rings. Examples of TCNQ compounds include TCNQ, TCNAQ (tetracyanoanthraquinone dimethane), TCN3T (2,2'-((2E,2"E)-3',4'-alkyl substituted-5H,5"H-[2,2':5',2"-terthiophene]-5,5"-diylidene) dimalon onitrile derivatives), etc.
聚噻吩系化合物是指聚(3,4-乙烯二氧噻吩)等具有聚噻吩結構的化合物。聚噻吩系化合物例如為PEDOT:PSS(包含聚(3,4-乙烯二氧噻吩)(poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene),PEDOT)及聚苯乙烯磺酸(Polystyrene sulfonic acid,PSS)的複合物)等。 Polythiophene compounds refer to compounds with a polythiophene structure such as poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene). Examples of polythiophene compounds include PEDOT:PSS (a compound containing poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene) (PEDOT) and polystyrene sulfonic acid (PSS)).
聯苯胺系化合物是指分子內具有聯苯胺結構的化合物。聯苯胺系化合物例如為N,N'-雙(3-甲基苯基)-N,N'-二苯基聯苯胺(TPD)、N,N'-二-[(1-萘基)-N,N'-二苯基]-(1,1'-聯苯基)-4,4'-二 胺(NPD)等。 Benzidine compounds refer to compounds having a benzidine structure in the molecule. Examples of benzidine compounds include N,N'-bis(3-methylphenyl)-N,N'-diphenylbenzidine (TPD), N,N'-di-[(1-naphthyl)-N,N'-diphenyl]-(1,1'-biphenyl)-4,4'-diamine (NPD), etc.
咔唑系化合物是指分子內具有咔唑環結構的化合物。咔唑系化合物例如為4,4'-雙(N-咔唑基)-1,1'-聯苯(4,4'-bis(N-carbazolyl)-1,1'-biphenyl,CBP)等。 Carbazole compounds refer to compounds with a carbazole ring structure in the molecule. Examples of carbazole compounds include 4,4'-bis(N-carbazolyl)-1,1'-biphenyl (CBP).
啡啉系化合物是指分子內具有啡啉環結構的化合物,例如為2,9-二甲基-4,7-二苯基-1,10-啡啉(2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline)(bathocuproine,BCP)等。 Phenanthroline compounds refer to compounds with a phenanthroline ring structure in the molecule, such as 2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline (bathocuproine, BCP), etc.
吡啶苯基配位體銥系化合物是指具有以苯基吡啶結構為配位體的銥錯合物結構的化合物。吡啶苯基配位體銥系化合物例如為雙(3,5-二氟-2-(2-吡啶基)苯基-(2-羧基吡啶基))銥(III)(FIrpic)、三(2-苯基吡啶)銥(III)(Ir(ppy)3)等。 Pyridylphenyl ligand iridium compounds are compounds having an iridium complex structure with a phenylpyridine structure as a ligand. Examples of pyridylphenyl ligand iridium compounds are bis(3,5-difluoro-2-(2-pyridyl)phenyl-(2-carboxypyridyl))iridium(III) (FIrpic), tris(2-phenylpyridine)iridium(III) (Ir(ppy) 3 ), and the like.
喹啉醇配位體鋁系化合物是指具有以喹啉醇結構為配位體的鋁錯合物結構的化合物,例如為三(8-羥基喹啉)鋁等。 Quinolinol ligand aluminum compounds refer to compounds with an aluminum complex structure with a quinolinol structure as a ligand, such as tris(8-hydroxyquinolinol)aluminum.
以下示出n型有機半導體材料的特佳的例子。再者,作為式中的R,可為任意者,但較佳為氫原子、經取代或未經取代的分支或直鏈的烷基(較佳為碳數1~18,更佳為1~12,進而佳為1~8的烷基)、經取代或未經取代的芳基(較佳為碳數6~30,更佳為6~20,進而佳為6~14的芳基)中的任一種。結構式中的Me表示甲基,M表示金屬原子。 The following is a particularly preferred example of an n-type organic semiconductor material. Furthermore, R in the formula can be any one, but preferably is any one of a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted branched or linear alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group with 1 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and further preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms), and a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group (preferably an aryl group with 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms). Me in the structural formula represents a methyl group, and M represents a metal atom.
[化14]
[化15]
有機半導體層中所含的有機半導體可為一種,亦可為兩種以上。另外,有機半導體層可為p型層與n型層的積層或混合層。 The organic semiconductor layer may contain one type of organic semiconductor or two or more types of organic semiconductor. In addition, the organic semiconductor layer may be a stacked or mixed layer of a p-type layer and an n-type layer.
有機層的形成方法可為氣相法,亦可為液相法。於氣相法的情況下,可使用蒸鍍法(真空蒸鍍法、分子束磊晶(molecular beam epitaxy)法等)、濺鍍(sputtering)法、及離子鍍(ion plating)法等物理氣相沈積(physical vapor deposition,PVD)法、或電漿聚合法等化學氣相沈積(chemical vapor deposition,CVD)法,特佳為蒸鍍法。 The method for forming the organic layer can be a gas phase method or a liquid phase method. In the case of the gas phase method, physical vapor deposition (PVD) methods such as evaporation (vacuum evaporation, molecular beam epitaxy, etc.), sputtering, and ion plating, or chemical vapor deposition (CVD) methods such as plasma polymerization can be used, and evaporation is particularly preferred.
另一方面,於液相法的情況下,有機材料通常調配至溶 劑中,成為形成有機層的組成物(有機層形成用組成物)。然後,將該組成物供給至基材上並乾燥,形成有機層。作為供給方法,較佳為塗佈。作為供給方法的例子,可列舉:狹縫塗佈法、澆鑄法、刮塗法、線棒塗佈法、噴塗法、浸漬(dipping)塗佈法、珠粒塗佈法、氣刀塗佈法、簾幕式塗佈法、噴墨法、旋塗法、朗繆爾-布勞傑特(Langmuir-Blodgett)(LB)法、邊緣澆鑄法(詳細而言,日本專利第6179930號公報)等。進而佳為使用澆鑄法、旋塗法及噴墨法。藉由此種製程,能夠以低成本生產表面平滑且大面積的有機層。 On the other hand, in the case of the liquid phase method, the organic material is usually mixed in a solvent to form a composition for forming an organic layer (composition for forming an organic layer). Then, the composition is supplied to a substrate and dried to form an organic layer. As a supply method, coating is preferred. Examples of the supply method include slit coating, casting, scraping, wire rod coating, spray coating, dipping, bead coating, air knife coating, curtain coating, inkjet, spin coating, Langmuir-Blodgett (LB), edge casting (for details, Japanese Patent No. 6179930), etc. Preferably, casting, spin coating and inkjet are used. By this process, a large-area organic layer with a smooth surface can be produced at low cost.
另外,作為有機層形成用組成物中使用的溶劑,較佳為有機溶劑。作為有機溶劑,可列舉:例如己烷、辛烷、癸烷、甲苯、二甲苯、乙基苯、1-甲基萘、1,2-二氯苯等烴系溶劑;例如丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環己酮等酮系溶劑;例如二氯甲烷、氯仿、四氯甲烷、二氯乙烷、三氯乙烷、四氯乙烷、氯苯、二氯苯、氯甲苯等鹵化烴系溶劑;例如乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸戊酯等酯系溶劑;例如甲醇、丙醇、丁醇、戊醇、己醇、環己醇、甲基賽路蘇、乙基賽路蘇、乙二醇等醇系溶劑;例如二丁基醚、四氫呋喃、二噁烷、苯甲醚等醚系溶劑;例如N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、1-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、1-甲基-2-咪唑啶酮、二甲基亞碸等極性溶劑等。該些溶劑可僅使用一種,亦可使用兩種以上。有機層形成用組成物中的有機材料的比例較佳為1質量%~95質量%,更佳為5質量%~90質量%,藉此可形成任意 厚度的膜。 In addition, the solvent used in the composition for forming the organic layer is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include hydrocarbon solvents such as hexane, octane, decane, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, 1-methylnaphthalene, and 1,2-dichlorobenzene; ketone solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and cyclohexanone; halogenated hydrocarbon solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform, tetrachloromethane, dichloroethane, trichloroethane, tetrachloroethane, chlorobenzene, dichlorobenzene, and chlorotoluene; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and the like. , pentyl acetate and other ester solvents; alcohol solvents such as methanol, propanol, butanol, pentanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, methyl thiourea, ethyl thiourea, ethylene glycol and other alcohol solvents; ether solvents such as dibutyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, anisole and other ether solvents; polar solvents such as N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1-methyl-2-imidazolidinone, dimethyl sulfoxide and the like. Only one of these solvents can be used, or two or more can be used. The proportion of organic material in the composition for forming the organic layer is preferably 1% by mass to 95% by mass, and more preferably 5% by mass to 90% by mass, thereby forming a film of any thickness.
另外,亦可於有機層形成用組成物中調配樹脂黏合劑。該情況下,可使形成膜的材料與黏合劑樹脂溶解或分散於所述適當的溶劑中來製成塗佈液,並藉由各種塗佈法來形成薄膜。作為樹脂黏合劑,可列舉:聚苯乙烯、聚碳酸酯、聚芳酯、聚酯、聚醯胺、聚醯亞胺、聚胺基甲酸酯、聚矽氧烷、聚碸、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯、聚丙烯酸甲酯、纖維素、聚乙烯、聚丙烯等絕緣性聚合物以及該些的共聚物;聚乙烯咔唑、聚矽烷等光傳導性聚合物;聚噻吩、聚吡咯、聚苯胺、聚對苯乙炔等導電性聚合物等。樹脂黏合劑可單獨使用,或者亦可併用多種。若考慮到薄膜的機械強度,則較佳為玻璃轉移溫度高的樹脂黏合劑,若考慮到電荷遷移率,則較佳為包含不含極性基的結構的光傳導性聚合物或導電性聚合物的樹脂黏合劑。 In addition, a resin binder may be formulated in the composition for forming the organic layer. In this case, the film-forming material and the binder resin may be dissolved or dispersed in the appropriate solvent to prepare a coating liquid, and a thin film may be formed by various coating methods. Examples of the resin binder include: insulating polymers such as polystyrene, polycarbonate, polyarylate, polyester, polyamide, polyimide, polyurethane, polysiloxane, polysulfone, polymethyl methacrylate, polymethyl acrylate, cellulose, polyethylene, polypropylene, and copolymers thereof; photoconductive polymers such as polyvinyl carbazole and polysilane; conductive polymers such as polythiophene, polypyrrole, polyaniline, polyphenylene vinylene, and the like. Resin adhesives can be used alone or in combination. If the mechanical strength of the film is taken into consideration, a resin adhesive with a high glass transition temperature is preferred. If the charge mobility is taken into consideration, a resin adhesive containing a photoconductive polymer or a conductive polymer having a structure without a polar group is preferred.
於調配樹脂黏合劑的情況下,其調配量於有機層中較佳為以0.1質量%~30質量%使用。樹脂黏合劑可單獨使用一種,亦可以多種的組合使用。於多種的組合的情況下,較佳為該些的合計量處於所述範圍。 When preparing a resin adhesive, the amount thereof in the organic layer is preferably 0.1% to 30% by mass. The resin adhesive can be used alone or in combination. In the case of a combination of multiple types, it is preferred that the total amount of these is within the above range.
有機層根據用途亦可為使用單獨的有機材料以及添加有各種有機材料及添加劑的混合溶液的、包含多個材料種類的共混膜(blended membrane)。例如,於製作光電轉換層的情況下,可利用使用了多種半導體材料的混合溶液等。 Depending on the application, the organic layer can be a blended membrane containing multiple types of materials, using a single organic material or a mixed solution containing various organic materials and additives. For example, when making a photoelectric conversion layer, a mixed solution using multiple semiconductor materials can be used.
另外,於成膜時,亦可加熱或冷卻基材,能夠藉由改變 基材的溫度來控制膜質或膜中的分子的堆積。基材的溫度並無特別限制,但較佳為-200℃~400℃,更佳為-100℃~300℃,進而佳為0℃~200℃。 In addition, the substrate can be heated or cooled during film formation, and the film quality or the accumulation of molecules in the film can be controlled by changing the temperature of the substrate. The temperature of the substrate is not particularly limited, but is preferably -200℃~400℃, more preferably -100℃~300℃, and even more preferably 0℃~200℃.
所形成的有機層可藉由後處理來調整特性。例如,藉由加熱處理或暴露於蒸氣化的溶劑中,從而能夠藉由改變膜的形態(morphology)或膜中的分子的堆積來提高特性。另外,可藉由暴露於氧化性或還原性的氣體或溶劑、物質等中,或者併用該些方法而引起氧化反應或還原反應,來調整膜中的載子密度等。 The properties of the formed organic layer can be adjusted by post-treatment. For example, by heat treatment or exposure to a vaporized solvent, the properties can be improved by changing the morphology of the film or the stacking of molecules in the film. In addition, the carrier density in the film can be adjusted by exposure to oxidizing or reducing gases, solvents, substances, etc., or by using these methods in combination to cause oxidation reactions or reduction reactions.
<<保護層>> <<Protective layer>>
保護層是由保護層形成用組成物所形成的層。具體而言,保護層例如可藉由將保護層形成用組成物應用於有機層等基底,形成包含保護層形成用組成物的層狀膜,其後使該層狀膜乾燥而形成。包含保護層形成用組成物的層狀膜是指層狀的乾燥前的本發明的保護層形成用組成物。 The protective layer is a layer formed by a protective layer-forming composition. Specifically, the protective layer can be formed, for example, by applying the protective layer-forming composition to a substrate such as an organic layer to form a layered film containing the protective layer-forming composition, and then drying the layered film. The layered film containing the protective layer-forming composition refers to the protective layer-forming composition of the present invention before the layered film is dried.
作為保護層形成用組成物的應用方法,較佳為塗佈。作為應用方法的例子,可列舉:狹縫塗佈法、澆鑄法、刮塗法、線棒塗佈法、噴塗法、浸漬(dipping)塗佈法、珠粒塗佈法、氣刀塗佈法、簾幕式塗佈法、噴墨法、旋塗法、朗繆爾-布勞傑特(Langmuir-Blodgett)(LB)法等。進而佳為使用澆鑄法、旋塗法及噴墨法。藉由此種製程,能夠以低成本生產表面平滑且大面積的保護層。 As an application method for the composition for forming the protective layer, coating is preferred. Examples of application methods include: slit coating, casting, scraping, wire rod coating, spray coating, dipping, bead coating, air knife coating, curtain coating, inkjet, spin coating, Langmuir-Blodgett (LB) method, etc. Casting, spin coating and inkjet are preferred. By this process, a large-area protective layer with a smooth surface can be produced at low cost.
於使保護層形成用組成物的塗佈膜乾燥時,較佳為加熱 基材。加熱溫度例如自50℃~200℃的範圍中適當選擇。 When drying the coating film of the protective layer forming composition, it is preferred to heat the substrate. The heating temperature is appropriately selected from the range of 50°C to 200°C, for example.
另外,保護層形成用組成物亦可藉由以下方法來形成,即,將預先藉由所述賦予方法等賦予至臨時支撐體上而形成的塗膜轉印至應用對象(例如有機層)上。關於轉印方法,可參考日本專利特開2006-023696號公報的段落0023、段落0036~段落0051,日本專利特開2006-047592號公報的段落0096~段落0108等的記載。 In addition, the protective layer forming composition can also be formed by the following method, that is, transferring the coating formed by applying the coating to the temporary support body by the above-mentioned applying method to the application object (such as an organic layer). For the transfer method, reference can be made to paragraphs 0023, 0036 to 0051 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-023696, paragraphs 0096 to 0108 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-047592, etc.
保護層的厚度較佳為0.1μm以上,更佳為0.5μm以上,進而佳為1.0μm以上,進而較佳為2.0μm以上。作為保護層的厚度的上限值,較佳為10μm以下,更佳為5.0μm以下,進而佳為3.0μm以下。 The thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.5 μm or more, further preferably 1.0 μm or more, further preferably 2.0 μm or more. The upper limit of the thickness of the protective layer is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5.0 μm or less, further preferably 3.0 μm or less.
保護層較佳為對於顯影液的溶解量在23℃下為10nm/s以下的層,更佳為1nm/s以下的層。所述溶解量的下限並無特別限定,只要為0nm/s以上即可。 The protective layer is preferably a layer whose solubility in the developer is less than 10nm/s at 23°C, and more preferably a layer whose solubility is less than 1nm/s. The lower limit of the solubility is not particularly limited, as long as it is greater than 0nm/s.
保護層供於使用剝離液的去除中。關於使用剝離液的保護層的去除方法,將於下文敘述。 The protective layer is removed using a stripping liquid. The method for removing the protective layer using a stripping liquid will be described below.
作為剝離液,可列舉水、水與水溶性溶劑的混合物、水溶性溶劑等,較佳為水或水與水溶性溶劑的混合物。作為水溶性溶劑,與添加至保護層形成用組成物中的水溶性溶劑相同。 As the stripping liquid, water, a mixture of water and a water-soluble solvent, a water-soluble solvent, etc. can be cited, and water or a mixture of water and a water-soluble solvent is preferred. As the water-soluble solvent, it is the same as the water-soluble solvent added to the protective layer forming composition.
相對於所述剝離液的總質量,水的含量較佳為90質量%~100質量%,更佳為95質量%~100質量%。另外,所述剝離液亦可為僅由水構成的剝離液。 Relative to the total mass of the stripping liquid, the water content is preferably 90 mass% to 100 mass%, and more preferably 95 mass% to 100 mass%. In addition, the stripping liquid may also be a stripping liquid consisting only of water.
另外,為了提高保護層的去除性,剝離液亦可含有界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,可使用公知的化合物,但較佳為列舉非離子系界面活性劑。 In addition, in order to improve the removability of the protective layer, the stripping liquid may also contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, known compounds can be used, but non-ionic surfactants are preferred.
<<感光層>> <<Photosensitive layer>>
感光層是供於使用顯影液的顯影中的層。所述顯影較佳為負型顯影。作為感光層,可適當利用本技術領域中所使用的公知的感光層(例如,光致抗蝕劑層)。於積層體中,感光層可為負型感光層,亦可為正型感光層。 The photosensitive layer is a layer used in the development using a developer. The development is preferably negative development. As the photosensitive layer, a known photosensitive layer used in the technical field (for example, a photoresist layer) can be appropriately used. In the laminate, the photosensitive layer can be a negative photosensitive layer or a positive photosensitive layer.
感光層較佳為其曝光部相對於包含有機溶劑的顯影液而言難溶。所謂難溶,是指曝光部難以溶解於顯影液。曝光部中感光層對於顯影液的溶解速度較佳為較未曝光部中感光層對於顯影液的溶解速度小(難溶)。具體而言,較佳為藉由以50mJ/cm2以上的照射量對波長365nm(i射線)、波長248nm(KrF射線)及波長193nm(ArF射線)中的至少一個波長的光進行曝光,極性發生變化,且相對於sp值(溶解度參數(solubility parameter))未滿19.0(MPa)1/2的溶劑而言難溶,更佳為相對於18.5(MPa)1/2以下的溶劑而言難溶,進而佳為相對於18.0(MPa)1/2以下的溶劑而言難溶。 The photosensitive layer is preferably such that the exposed portion thereof is poorly soluble in a developer containing an organic solvent. The so-called poorly soluble means that the exposed portion is poorly soluble in the developer. The dissolution rate of the photosensitive layer in the exposed portion in the developer is preferably lower than the dissolution rate of the photosensitive layer in the unexposed portion in the developer (poorly soluble). Specifically, it is preferred that the polarity be changed by exposing the material to light of at least one wavelength of 365 nm (i-ray), 248 nm (KrF ray) and 193 nm (ArF ray) at an irradiation dose of 50 mJ/cm2 or more, and the material be insoluble in a solvent having an sp value (solubility parameter) of less than 19.0 (MPa) 1/2 , more preferably insoluble in a solvent having an sp value (solubility parameter) of less than 18.5 (MPa) 1/2 , and even more preferably insoluble in a solvent having an sp value (solubility parameter) of less than 18.0 (MPa) 1/2 .
溶解度參數(sp值)是藉由沖津法而求出的值〔單位:(MPa)1/2〕。沖津法是現有公知的sp值的算出方法之一,例如為日本黏接學會誌Vol.29、No.6(1993年)249頁~259頁中所詳細描述的方法。 The solubility parameter (sp value) is a value obtained by the Okizu method [unit: (MPa) 1/2 ]. The Okizu method is one of the conventionally known methods for calculating the sp value, and is described in detail in, for example, Journal of the Japanese Adhesion Society Vol. 29, No. 6 (1993), pp. 249-259.
進而,更佳為藉由以50mJ/cm2~250mJ/cm2的照射量對波長365nm(i射線)、波長248nm(KrF射線)及波長193nm(ArF射線)中的至少一個波長的光進行曝光,如上所述般極性發生變化。 Furthermore, it is more preferred that the polarity be changed as described above by exposing to light of at least one wavelength of 365 nm (i-ray), 248 nm (KrF ray) and 193 nm (ArF ray) at an irradiation dose of 50 mJ/cm 2 to 250 mJ/cm 2.
感光層較佳為對i射線的照射具有感光能力。所謂感光能力,是指藉由光化射線及放射線中的至少一者的照射(於對i射線的照射具有感光能力的情況下為i射線的照射),對有機溶劑(較佳為乙酸丁酯)的溶解速度發生變化。 The photosensitive layer is preferably sensitive to irradiation with i-rays. The so-called photosensitivity refers to the change in the dissolution rate of an organic solvent (preferably butyl acetate) by irradiation with at least one of actinic rays and radiation (irradiation with i-rays in the case of being sensitive to irradiation with i-rays).
作為感光層,可列舉包含對於顯影液的溶解速度因酸的作用而發生變化的樹脂(以下亦稱為「感光層用特定樹脂」)的感光層。 As the photosensitive layer, there can be cited a photosensitive layer including a resin whose dissolution rate in a developer changes due to the action of an acid (hereinafter also referred to as a "specific resin for a photosensitive layer").
感光層用特定樹脂中溶解速度的變化較佳為溶解速度的降低。 The change in dissolution rate in a specific resin for the photosensitive layer is preferably a decrease in the dissolution rate.
感光層用特定樹脂在溶解速度變化之前、在sp值為18.0(MPa)1/2以下的有機溶劑中的溶解速度更佳為40nm/s以上。 The dissolution rate of the specific resin for the photosensitive layer in an organic solvent having an sp value of 18.0 (MPa) 1/2 or less before the dissolution rate changes is more preferably 40 nm/s or more.
感光層用特定樹脂在溶解速度變化之後、在sp值為18.0(MPa)1/2以下的有機溶劑中的溶解速度更佳為未滿1nm/s。 The specific resin for the photosensitive layer preferably has a dissolution rate of less than 1 nm/s in an organic solvent having an sp value of 18.0 (MPa) 1/2 or less after the dissolution rate changes.
另外,感光層用特定樹脂較佳為在溶解速度變化之前可溶於sp值(溶解度參數)為18.0(MPa)1/2以下的有機溶劑,且在溶解速度變化之後難溶於sp值為18.0(MPa)1/2以下的有機溶劑的樹脂。 In addition, the specific resin for the photosensitive layer is preferably a resin that is soluble in an organic solvent having an sp value (solubility parameter) of 18.0 (MPa) 1/2 or less before the dissolution rate changes, and is poorly soluble in an organic solvent having an sp value of 18.0 (MPa) 1/2 or less after the dissolution rate changes.
此處,所謂「可溶於sp值(溶解度參數)為18.0(MPa) 1/2以下的有機溶劑」,是指藉由於基材上塗佈化合物(樹脂)的溶液並於100℃下加熱1分鐘而形成的化合物(樹脂)的塗膜(厚度1μm)在浸漬於23℃下的顯影液中時的溶解速度為20nm/s以上,所謂「難溶於sp值為18.0(MPa)1/2以下的有機溶劑」,是指藉由於基材上塗佈化合物(樹脂)的溶液並於100℃下加熱1分鐘而形成的化合物(樹脂)的塗膜(厚度1μm)對於23℃下的顯影液的溶解速度未滿10nm/s。 Here, "soluble in an organic solvent having an sp value (solubility parameter) of 18.0 (MPa) 1/2 or less" means that a coating film (thickness 1 μm) of the compound (resin) formed by coating a solution of the compound (resin) on a substrate and heating the substrate at 100°C for 1 minute has a dissolution rate of 20 nm/s or more when immersed in a developer at 23°C, and "poorly soluble in an organic solvent having an sp value of 18.0 (MPa) 1/2 or less" means that a coating film (thickness 1 μm) of the compound (resin) formed by coating a solution of the compound (resin) on a substrate and heating the substrate at 100°C for 1 minute has a dissolution rate of less than 10 nm/s in a developer at 23°C.
作為感光層,例如可列舉包含感光層用特定樹脂及光酸產生劑的感光層、包含聚合性化合物及光聚合起始劑等的感光層等。 Examples of the photosensitive layer include a photosensitive layer containing a specific resin for the photosensitive layer and a photoacid generator, a photosensitive layer containing a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator, etc.
另外,就兼具高保存穩定性與微細的圖案形成性的觀點而言,感光層較佳為化學增幅型感光層。 In addition, from the perspective of both high storage stability and fine pattern formation, the photosensitive layer is preferably a chemically amplified photosensitive layer.
以下,對包含感光層用特定樹脂及光酸產生劑的感光層的例子進行說明。 The following describes an example of a photosensitive layer including a specific resin for the photosensitive layer and a photoacid generator.
〔感光層用特定樹脂〕 [Special resin for photosensitive layer]
感光層用特定樹脂較佳為丙烯酸系聚合物。 The specific resin for the photosensitive layer is preferably an acrylic polymer.
「丙烯酸系聚合物」是加成聚合型的樹脂,且是包含源自(甲基)丙烯酸或其酯的重複單元的聚合物,亦可包含源自(甲基)丙烯酸或其酯的重複單元以外的重複單元,例如,源自苯乙烯類的重複單元或源自乙烯基化合物的重複單元等。丙烯酸系聚合物中,相對於聚合物中的全部重複單元,較佳為包含50莫耳%以上、更佳為包含80莫耳%以上的源自(甲基)丙烯酸或其酯的重複單元, 特佳為僅包含源自(甲基)丙烯酸或其酯的重複單元的聚合物。 "Acrylic polymer" is an addition polymerization type resin, and is a polymer containing repeating units derived from (meth) acrylic acid or its esters, and may also contain repeating units other than repeating units derived from (meth) acrylic acid or its esters, for example, repeating units derived from styrenes or repeating units derived from vinyl compounds. In acrylic polymers, it is preferred to contain more than 50 mol%, more preferably more than 80 mol% of repeating units derived from (meth) acrylic acid or its esters relative to all repeating units in the polymer, and it is particularly preferred to contain only repeating units derived from (meth) acrylic acid or its esters.
作為感光層用特定樹脂,較佳為列舉包含具有酸基由酸分解性基保護的結構的重複單元的樹脂。作為所述酸基由酸分解性基保護的結構,可列舉羧基由酸分解性基保護的結構、酚性羥基由酸分解性基保護的結構等。 As a specific resin for the photosensitive layer, a resin containing a repeating unit having a structure in which an acid group is protected by an acid-degradable group is preferably listed. As the structure in which the acid group is protected by an acid-degradable group, a structure in which a carboxyl group is protected by an acid-degradable group, a structure in which a phenolic hydroxyl group is protected by an acid-degradable group, etc. can be listed.
另外,作為具有酸基由酸分解性基保護的結構的重複單元,可列舉具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸的單體單元中的羧基由酸分解性基保護的結構的重複單元;具有源自對羥基苯乙烯、α-甲基-對羥基苯乙烯等羥基苯乙烯類的單體單元中的酚性羥基由酸分解性基保護的結構的重複單元等。 In addition, as repeating units having a structure in which an acid group is protected by an acid-degradable group, there can be listed repeating units having a structure in which a carboxyl group in a monomer unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid is protected by an acid-degradable group; repeating units having a structure in which a phenolic hydroxyl group in a monomer unit derived from a hydroxystyrene such as p-hydroxystyrene and α-methyl-p-hydroxystyrene is protected by an acid-degradable group, etc.
作為具有酸基由酸分解性基保護的結構的重複單元,可列舉包含縮醛結構的重複單元等,較佳為於側鏈包含環狀醚酯結構的重複單元。作為環狀醚酯結構,較佳為環狀醚結構中的氧原子與酯鍵中的氧原子鍵結於同一碳原子,形成縮醛結構。 As repeating units having a structure in which an acid group is protected by an acid-degradable group, repeating units including an acetal structure can be cited, and preferably repeating units including a cyclic ether ester structure in the side chain. As a cyclic ether ester structure, it is preferred that the oxygen atom in the cyclic ether structure and the oxygen atom in the ester bond are bonded to the same carbon atom to form an acetal structure.
另外,作為具有酸基由酸分解性基保護的結構的重複單元,較佳為下述式(1)所表示的重複單元。 In addition, as a repeating unit having a structure in which an acid group is protected by an acid-degradable group, a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1) is preferred.
以下,亦將「式(1)所表示的重複單元」等稱為「重複單元(1)」等。 Hereinafter, "the repeating unit represented by formula (1)" etc. will also be referred to as "repeating unit (1)" etc.
[化16]
式(1)中,R8表示氫原子或烷基(較佳為碳數1~12,更佳為1~6,進而佳為1~3),L1表示羰基或伸苯基,R1~R7分別獨立地表示氫原子或烷基。 In formula (1), R8 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), L1 represents a carbonyl group or a phenylene group, and R1 to R7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
式(1)中,R8較佳為氫原子或甲基,更佳為甲基。 In formula (1), R8 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, more preferably a methyl group.
式(1)中,L1表示羰基或伸苯基,較佳為羰基。 In formula (1), L1 represents a carbonyl group or a phenylene group, preferably a carbonyl group.
式(1)中,R1~R7分別獨立地表示氫原子或烷基。R1~R7中的烷基與R8含義相同,較佳的態樣亦相同。另外,較佳為R1~R7中的一個以上為氫原子,更佳為R1~R7全部為氫原子。 In formula (1), R 1 to R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The alkyl group in R 1 to R 7 has the same meaning as R 8 , and the preferred embodiment is also the same. In addition, it is preferred that at least one of R 1 to R 7 is a hydrogen atom, and it is more preferred that all of R 1 to R 7 are hydrogen atoms.
作為重複單元(1),較佳為下述式(1-A)所表示的重複單元或下述式(1-B)所表示的重複單元。 As the repeating unit (1), it is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1-A) or a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1-B).
用於形成重複單元(1)的自由基聚合性單量體可使用市售者,亦可使用藉由公知的方法而合成者。例如,可藉由於酸觸媒的存在下使(甲基)丙烯酸與二氫呋喃化合物反應來合成。或者,亦可藉由在與前驅物單體聚合後,使羧基或酚性羥基與二氫呋喃化合物反應來形成。 The free radical polymerizable monomer used to form the repeating unit (1) may be a commercially available one or one synthesized by a known method. For example, it may be synthesized by reacting (meth)acrylic acid with a dihydrofuran compound in the presence of an acid catalyst. Alternatively, it may be formed by reacting a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group with a dihydrofuran compound after polymerization with a precursor monomer.
另外,作為具有酸基由酸分解性基保護的結構的重複單元,亦可較佳地列舉下述式(2)所表示的重複單元。 In addition, as a repeating unit having a structure in which an acid group is protected by an acid-degradable group, a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2) can also be preferably cited.
式(2)中,A表示氫原子或藉由酸的作用而脫離的基。作為藉由酸的作用而脫離的基,較佳為烷基(較佳為碳數1~12,更佳為1~6,進而佳為1~3)、烷氧基烷基(較佳為碳數2~12,更佳為2~6,進而佳為2~3)、芳氧基烷基(較佳為總碳數7~40,更佳為7~30,進而佳為7~20)、烷氧基羰基(較佳為碳數2~12,更佳為2~6,進而佳為2~3)、芳氧基羰基(較佳為碳數7~23,更佳為7~19,進而佳為7~11)。A可進一步具有取代基,作為取代基,可列舉所述取代基T的例子。 In formula (2), A represents a hydrogen atom or a group that is released by the action of an acid. As the group that is released by the action of an acid, preferably an alkyl group (preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and further preferably 1 to 3), an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably a carbon number of 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, and further preferably 2 to 3), an aryloxyalkyl group (preferably a total carbon number of 7 to 40, more preferably 7 to 30, and further preferably 7 to 20), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably a carbon number of 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, and further preferably 2 to 3), and an aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably a carbon number of 7 to 23, more preferably 7 to 19, and further preferably 7 to 11). A may further have a substituent, and as a substituent, examples of the substituent T described above can be cited.
式(2)中,R10表示取代基,可列舉取代基T的例子。R9表示與式(1)中的R8含義相同的基。 In the formula (2), R10 represents a substituent, and examples of the substituent T are listed. R9 represents a group having the same meaning as R8 in the formula (1).
式(2)中,nx表示0~3的整數。 In formula (2), nx represents an integer from 0 to 3.
作為藉由酸的作用而脫離的基,日本專利特開2008-197480號公報的段落編號0039~段落編號0049中記載的化合物中,包含藉由酸而脫離的基的重複單元亦較佳,另外,日本專利特開2012-159830號公報(日本專利第5191567號)的段落編號0052~段落編號0056中記載的化合物亦較佳,該些內容併入至本說明書中。 As the group that is released by the action of an acid, the compounds described in paragraphs 0039 to 0049 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2008-197480 are preferably repeating units containing a group that is released by an acid. In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0052 to 0056 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-159830 (Japanese Patent No. 5191567) are also preferably, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.
以下示出重複單元(2)的具體的例子,但本發明並非由其限定地解釋。 A specific example of the repeating unit (2) is shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
[化19]
[化20]
感光層用特定樹脂中所含的具有酸基由酸分解性基保 護的結構的重複單元(較佳為重複單元(1)或重複單元(2))的含量較佳為5莫耳%~80莫耳%,更佳為10莫耳%~70莫耳%,進而佳為10莫耳%~60莫耳%。丙烯酸系聚合物可僅包含一種重複單元(1)或重複單元(2),亦可包含兩種以上。於使用兩種以上的情況下,較佳為該些的合計量處於所述範圍。 The content of the repeating unit (preferably repeating unit (1) or repeating unit (2)) having a structure in which the acid group is protected by an acid-degradable group contained in the specific resin for the photosensitive layer is preferably 5 mol% to 80 mol%, more preferably 10 mol% to 70 mol%, and further preferably 10 mol% to 60 mol%. The acrylic polymer may contain only one type of repeating unit (1) or repeating unit (2), or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are used, it is preferred that the total amount of these is within the above range.
感光層用特定樹脂亦可含有包含交聯性基的重複單元。關於交聯性基的詳細情況,可參考日本專利特開2011-209692號公報的段落編號0032~段落編號0046的記載,該些內容併入至本說明書中。 The specific resin for the photosensitive layer may also contain a repeating unit including a crosslinking group. For details of the crosslinking group, please refer to paragraphs 0032 to 0046 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-209692, which are incorporated into this specification.
感光層用特定樹脂亦較佳為含有包含交聯性基的重複單元(重複單元(3))的態樣,但較佳為設為實質上不含包含交聯性基的重複單元(3)的結構。藉由採用此種結構,於圖案化後,能夠更有效果地去除感光層。此處,所謂實質上不含,例如是指感光層用特定樹脂的全部重複單元的3莫耳%以下,較佳為是指1莫耳%以下。 The specific resin for the photosensitive layer is also preferably in a state of containing a repeating unit containing a crosslinking group (repeating unit (3)), but it is preferably set to a structure that substantially does not contain a repeating unit (3) containing a crosslinking group. By adopting such a structure, the photosensitive layer can be removed more effectively after patterning. Here, the so-called substantially does not contain, for example, refers to less than 3 mol% of all repeating units of the specific resin for the photosensitive layer, preferably less than 1 mol%.
感光層用特定樹脂亦可含有其他重複單元(重複單元(4))。作為用於形成重複單元(4)的自由基聚合性單量體,例如可列舉日本專利特開2004-264623號公報的段落編號0021~段落編號0024中記載的化合物。作為重複單元(4)的較佳例,可列舉源自選自由含羥基的不飽和羧酸酯、含脂環結構的不飽和羧酸酯、苯乙烯及N取代馬來醯亞胺所組成的群組中的至少一種的重複單元。該些中,較佳為如(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三 環[5.2.1.02,6]癸烷-8-基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三環[5.2.1.02,6]癸烷-8-基氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲基環己酯般的含脂環結構的(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、或者如苯乙烯般的疏水性單體。 The specific resin for the photosensitive layer may also contain other repeating units (repeating units (4)). Examples of free radical polymerizable monomers for forming the repeating units (4) include compounds described in paragraphs 0021 to 0024 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-264623. Preferred examples of the repeating units (4) include repeating units derived from at least one selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl-containing unsaturated carboxylates, alicyclic-containing unsaturated carboxylates, styrene, and N-substituted maleimide. Among these, preferred are (meth)acrylates containing an aliphatic ring structure such as benzyl (meth)acrylate, tricyclo[5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decane-8-yl (meth)acrylate, tricyclo[5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decane-8-yloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, and 2-methylcyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, or hydrophobic monomers such as styrene.
於感光層用特定樹脂含有重複單元(4)的情況下,於構成感光層用特定樹脂的全部單體單元中,形成重複單元(4)的單體單元的含有率較佳為1莫耳%~60莫耳%,更佳為5莫耳%~50莫耳%,進而佳為5莫耳%~40莫耳%。感光層用特定樹脂在其單體單元中可單獨含有一種重複單元(4)或以兩種以上的組合含有重複單元(4)。於兩種以上的組合的情況下,較佳為該些的合計量處於所述範圍。 When the specific resin for the photosensitive layer contains a repeating unit (4), the content of the monomer units forming the repeating unit (4) in all the monomer units constituting the specific resin for the photosensitive layer is preferably 1 mol% to 60 mol%, more preferably 5 mol% to 50 mol%, and further preferably 5 mol% to 40 mol%. The specific resin for the photosensitive layer may contain a single repeating unit (4) in its monomer units or contain the repeating unit (4) in a combination of two or more. In the case of a combination of two or more, it is preferred that the total amount of these is within the above range.
關於感光層用特定樹脂的合成方法,已知有各種方法,若舉出一例,則可藉由於有機溶劑中,使用自由基聚合起始劑,將至少包含用於形成重複單元(1)、重複單元(2)等的自由基聚合性單量體的自由基聚合性單量體混合物聚合來合成。 Various methods are known for synthesizing a specific resin for a photosensitive layer. As an example, a radical polymerization initiator is used to polymerize a radical polymerizable monomer mixture containing at least radical polymerizable monomers for forming repeating units (1) and repeating units (2), etc., in an organic solvent to synthesize the resin.
作為感光層用特定樹脂,亦較佳為藉由於不存在酸觸媒的情況下,在室溫(25℃)~100℃左右的溫度下,使2,3-二氫呋喃加成於使不飽和多元羧酸酐類共聚而成的前驅共聚物中的酸酐基而獲得的共聚物。 As a specific resin for the photosensitive layer, a copolymer obtained by adding 2,3-dihydrofuran to the anhydride group of a precursor copolymer obtained by copolymerizing unsaturated polycarboxylic acid anhydrides at a temperature of about room temperature (25°C) to 100°C in the absence of an acid catalyst is also preferred.
亦可列舉以下樹脂作為感光層用特定樹脂的較佳例。 The following resins can also be cited as preferred examples of specific resins for photosensitive layers.
BzMA/THFMA/t-BuMA(莫耳比:20~60:35~65:5~30) BzMA/THFMA/t-BuMA (molar ratio: 20~60:35~65:5~30)
BzMA/THFAA/t-BuMA(莫耳比:20~60:35~65:5~30) BzMA/THFAA/t-BuMA (molar ratio: 20~60:35~65:5~30)
BzMA/THPMA/t-BuMA(莫耳比:20~60:35~65:5~30) BzMA/THPMA/t-BuMA (molar ratio: 20~60:35~65:5~30)
BzMA/PEES/t-BuMA(莫耳比:20~60:35~65:5~30) BzMA/PEES/t-BuMA (molar ratio: 20~60:35~65:5~30)
BzMA為甲基丙烯酸苄酯,THFMA為甲基丙烯酸四氫呋喃-2-基酯,t-BuMA為甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯,THFAA為丙烯酸四氫呋喃-2-基酯,THPMA為甲基丙烯酸四氫-2H-吡喃-2-基酯,PEES為對乙氧基乙氧基苯乙烯。 BzMA is benzyl methacrylate, THFMA is tetrahydrofuran-2-yl methacrylate, t-BuMA is tert-butyl methacrylate, THFAA is tetrahydrofuran-2-yl acrylate, THPMA is tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl methacrylate, and PEES is p-ethoxyethoxystyrene.
另外,作為正型顯影中使用的感光層用特定樹脂,例示日本專利特開2013-011678號公報中記載者,該些內容併入至本說明書中。 In addition, as a specific resin for the photosensitive layer used in positive development, the one described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2013-011678 is exemplified, and the contents are incorporated into this manual.
就使顯影時的圖案形成性良好的觀點而言,相對於感光層的總質量,感光層用特定樹脂的含量較佳為20質量%~99質量%,更佳為40質量%~99質量%,進而佳為70質量%~99質量%。 From the perspective of achieving good pattern formation during development, the content of the specific resin in the photosensitive layer is preferably 20% to 99% by mass, more preferably 40% to 99% by mass, and even more preferably 70% to 99% by mass, relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer.
另外,相對於感光層中所含的樹脂成分的總質量,感光層用特定樹脂的含量較佳為10質量%以上,更佳為50質量%以上,進而佳為90質量%以上。 In addition, relative to the total mass of the resin components contained in the photosensitive layer, the content of the specific resin used in the photosensitive layer is preferably 10 mass % or more, more preferably 50 mass % or more, and even more preferably 90 mass % or more.
感光層用特定樹脂可單獨使用一種,亦可以多種的組合使用。於多種的組合的情況下,較佳為該些的合計量處於所述範圍。 The specific resin for the photosensitive layer can be used alone or in combination of multiple types. In the case of multiple combinations, it is preferred that the total amount of these resins is within the above range.
感光層用特定樹脂的重量平均分子量較佳為10,000以上,更佳為20,000以上,進而佳為35,000以上。作為上限值,並無特別規定,較佳為100,000以下,可設為70,000以下,亦可設為50,000以下。 The weight average molecular weight of the specific resin used for the photosensitive layer is preferably 10,000 or more, more preferably 20,000 or more, and even more preferably 35,000 or more. There is no particular upper limit, but it is preferably 100,000 or less, and can be set to 70,000 or less, or 50,000 or less.
另外,相對於感光層用特定樹脂的總質量,感光層用特定樹 脂中所含的重量平均分子量1,000以下的成分的量較佳為10質量%以下,更佳為5質量%以下。 In addition, the amount of components having a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 or less contained in the specific resin for the photosensitive layer is preferably 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 5% by mass or less, relative to the total mass of the specific resin for the photosensitive layer.
感光層用特定樹脂的分子量分散度(重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量)較佳為1.0~4.0,更佳為1.1~2.5。 The molecular weight dispersion (weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight) of the specific resin used in the photosensitive layer is preferably 1.0~4.0, and more preferably 1.1~2.5.
〔光酸產生劑〕 [Photoacid generator]
感光層較佳為更包含光酸產生劑。光酸產生劑較佳為如下的光酸產生劑:若於波長365nm下以100mJ/cm2以上的曝光量對感光層進行曝光,則分解80莫耳%以上。 The photosensitive layer preferably further comprises a photoacid generator. The photoacid generator is preferably a photoacid generator that decomposes by more than 80 mol% when the photosensitive layer is exposed to an exposure amount of more than 100 mJ/cm 2 at a wavelength of 365 nm.
光酸產生劑的分解度可藉由以下方法來求出。關於下述感光層形成用組成物的詳細情況,將於下文敘述。 The decomposition degree of the photoacid generator can be obtained by the following method. The details of the composition for forming the photosensitive layer will be described below.
使用感光層形成用組成物,於矽晶圓基板上形成感光層,於100℃下加熱1分鐘,加熱後,使用波長365nm的光以100mJ/cm2的曝光量對所述感光層進行曝光。加熱後的感光層的厚度設為700nm。其後,一邊施加超音波,一邊使形成有所述感光層的所述矽晶圓基板於甲醇/四氫呋喃(tetrahydrofuran,THF)=50/50(質量比)溶液中浸漬10分鐘。於所述浸漬後,藉由使用高效液相層析法(High-performance liquid chromatography,HPLC)對所述溶液中提取出的提取物進行分析,由下式算出光酸產生劑的分解率。 A photosensitive layer is formed on a silicon wafer substrate using a composition for forming a photosensitive layer, and the layer is heated at 100°C for 1 minute. After heating, the photosensitive layer is exposed to light of a wavelength of 365nm at an exposure amount of 100mJ/ cm2 . The thickness of the heated photosensitive layer is set to 700nm. Thereafter, while applying ultrasonic waves, the silicon wafer substrate on which the photosensitive layer is formed is immersed in a methanol/tetrahydrofuran (THF) = 50/50 (mass ratio) solution for 10 minutes. After the immersion, the extract extracted from the solution is analyzed by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), and the decomposition rate of the photoacid generator is calculated by the following formula.
分解率(%)=分解物量(莫耳)/曝光前的感光層中所含的光酸產生劑量(莫耳)×100 Decomposition rate (%) = amount of decomposition products (mole) / amount of photoacid generator contained in the photosensitive layer before exposure (mole) × 100
作為光酸產生劑,較佳為當在波長365nm下以100mJ/cm2的曝光量對感光層進行曝光時,分解85莫耳%以上者。 As the photoacid generator, it is preferred that when the photosensitive layer is exposed to light at a wavelength of 365 nm and an exposure amount of 100 mJ/cm 2 , it decomposes by 85 mol % or more.
-肟磺酸酯化合物- -Oxime sulfonate compounds-
光酸產生劑較佳為包含肟磺酸酯基的化合物(以下亦簡稱為「肟磺酸酯化合物」)。 The photoacid generator is preferably a compound containing an oxime sulfonate group (hereinafter also referred to as "oxime sulfonate compound").
肟磺酸酯化合物只要具有肟磺酸酯基,則並無特別限制,較佳為下述式(OS-1)、後述的式(OS-103)、式(OS-104)、或式(OS-105)所表示的肟磺酸酯化合物。 The oxime sulfonate compound is not particularly limited as long as it has an oxime sulfonate group, and is preferably an oxime sulfonate compound represented by the following formula (OS-1), the formula (OS-103) described later, the formula (OS-104), or the formula (OS-105).
式(OS-1)中,X3表示烷基、烷氧基、或鹵素原子。於X3存在多個的情況下,分別可相同,亦可不同。所述X3中的烷基及烷氧基可具有取代基。作為所述X3中的烷基,較佳為碳數1~4的直鏈狀或分支狀烷基。作為所述X3中的烷氧基,較佳為碳數1~4的直鏈狀或分支狀烷氧基。作為所述X3中的鹵素原子,較佳為氯原子或氟原子。 In formula (OS-1), X 3 represents an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom. When there are multiple X 3 , they may be the same or different. The alkyl group and alkoxy group in the X 3 may have a substituent. The alkyl group in the X 3 is preferably a straight chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkoxy group in the X 3 is preferably a straight chain or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The halogen atom in the X 3 is preferably a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom.
式(OS-1)中,m3表示0~3的整數,較佳為0或1。當m3為2或3時,多個X3可相同亦可不同。 In formula (OS-1), m3 represents an integer of 0 to 3, preferably 0 or 1. When m3 is 2 or 3, multiple X3 may be the same or different.
式(OS-1)中,R34表示烷基或芳基,較佳為碳數1~10的烷基、碳數1~10的烷氧基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷氧基、可經W取代的苯基、可經W取代的萘基或可經W取代的蒽基。W表示鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、碳數1~10的烷基、碳數1~10的烷氧基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷基或碳數1~5的鹵化烷氧基、碳數6~20的芳基、碳數6~20的鹵化芳基。 In formula (OS-1), R 34 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group which may be substituted with W, a naphthyl group which may be substituted with W, or an anthracenyl group which may be substituted with W. W represents a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a halogenated aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
式(OS-1)中,特佳為m3為3,X3為甲基,X3的取代位置為鄰位,R34為碳數1~10的直鏈狀烷基、7,7-二甲基-2-氧代降冰片基甲基、或對甲苯基的化合物。 In formula (OS-1), particularly preferred is a compound wherein m3 is 3, X3 is methyl, the substitution position of X3 is an ortho position, and R34 is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 7,7-dimethyl-2-oxonorbornylmethyl, or p-tolyl.
作為式(OS-1)所表示的肟磺酸酯化合物的具體例,例示日本專利特開2011-209692號公報的段落編號0064~段落編號0068、日本專利特開2015-194674號公報的段落編號0158~段落編號0167中記載的以下化合物,該些內容併入至本說明書中。 As specific examples of the oxime sulfonate compound represented by formula (OS-1), the following compounds described in paragraphs 0064 to 0068 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-209692 and paragraphs 0158 to 0167 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2015-194674 are exemplified, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.
[化22]
式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,Rs1表示烷基、芳基或雜芳基,存在多個的情況下的Rs2分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或鹵素原子,存在多個的情況下的Rs6分別獨立地表示鹵素原子、烷基、烷基氧基、磺酸基、胺基磺醯基或烷氧基磺醯基,Xs表示O或S,ns表示1或2,ms表示0~6的整數。 In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), R s1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, when there are multiple R s2 groups, they independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a halogen atom, when there are multiple R s6 groups, they independently represent a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkyloxy group, a sulfonic acid group, an aminosulfonyl group or an alkoxysulfonyl group, Xs represents O or S, ns represents 1 or 2, and ms represents an integer of 0 to 6.
式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,Rs1所表示的烷基(較佳為碳數1~30)、芳基(較佳為碳數6~30)或雜芳基(較佳為碳數4~30)可具有取代基T。 In Formula (OS-103) to Formula (OS-105), the alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms) or heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 30 carbon atoms) represented by R s1 may have a substituent T.
式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,Rs2較佳為氫原子、烷基(較佳為碳數1~12)或芳基(較佳為碳數6~30),更佳為氫原子或烷基。化合物中存在兩個以上的情況下的Rs2中,較佳為一個或兩個為烷基、芳基或鹵素原子,更佳為一個為烷基、芳基或鹵素原子,特佳為一個為烷基且其餘為氫原子。Rs2所表示的烷 基或芳基可具有取代基T。 In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), R s2 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms) or an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. When there are two or more R s2 in the compound, one or two are preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group or a halogen atom, and more preferably one is an alkyl group, an aryl group or a halogen atom, and particularly preferably one is an alkyl group and the rest are hydrogen atoms. The alkyl group or aryl group represented by R s2 may have a substituent T.
式(OS-103)、式(OS-104)或式(OS-105)中,Xs表示O或S,較佳為O。所述式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,包含Xs作為環員的環為五員環或六員環。 In formula (OS-103), formula (OS-104) or formula (OS-105), Xs represents O or S, preferably O. In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), the ring containing Xs as a ring member is a five-membered ring or a six-membered ring.
式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,ns表示1或2,於Xs為O的情況下,ns較佳為1,另外,於Xs為S的情況下,ns較佳為2。 In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), ns represents 1 or 2. When Xs is O, ns is preferably 1. When Xs is S, ns is preferably 2.
式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,Rs6所表示的烷基(較佳為碳數1~30)及烷基氧基(較佳為碳數1~30)可具有取代基。 In Formula (OS-103) to Formula (OS-105), the alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) and the alkyloxy group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) represented by R s6 may have a substituent.
式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,ms表示0~6的整數,較佳為0~2的整數,更佳為0或1,特佳為0。 In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), ms represents an integer of 0 to 6, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and particularly preferably 0.
另外,所述式(OS-103)所表示的化合物特佳為下述式(OS-106)、式(OS-110)或式(OS-111)所表示的化合物,所述式(OS-104)所表示的化合物特佳為下述式(OS-107)所表示的化合物,所述式(OS-105)所表示的化合物特佳為下述式(OS-108)或式(OS-109)所表示的化合物。 In addition, the compound represented by the formula (OS-103) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-106), formula (OS-110) or formula (OS-111), the compound represented by the formula (OS-104) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-107), and the compound represented by the formula (OS-105) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-108) or formula (OS-109).
[化23]
式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,Rt1表示烷基、芳基或雜芳基,Rt7表示氫原子或溴原子,Rt8表示氫原子、碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子、氯甲基、溴甲基、溴乙基、甲氧基甲基、苯基或氯苯基,Rt9表示氫原子、鹵素原子、甲基或甲氧基,Rt2表示氫原子或甲基。 In formula (OS-106) to formula (OS-111), R t1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, R t7 represents a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom, R t8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a chloromethyl group, a bromomethyl group, a bromoethyl group, a methoxymethyl group, a phenyl group or a chlorophenyl group, R t9 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a methyl group or a methoxy group, and R t2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,Rt7表示氫原子或溴原子,較佳為氫原子。 In formula (OS-106) to formula (OS-111), R t7 represents a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom, preferably a hydrogen atom.
式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,Rt8表示氫原子、碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子、氯甲基、溴甲基、溴乙基、甲氧基甲基、苯基或氯苯基,較佳為碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子或苯基,更佳為碳數1~8的烷基,進而佳為碳數1~6的烷基,特佳為甲基。 In formula (OS-106) to formula (OS-111), R t8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a chloromethyl group, a bromomethyl group, a bromoethyl group, a methoxymethyl group, a phenyl group or a chlorophenyl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom or a phenyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, further preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a methyl group.
式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,Rt9表示氫原子、鹵素原子、甲基或甲氧基,較佳為氫原子。 In formula (OS-106) to formula (OS-111), R t9 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a methyl group or a methoxy group, preferably a hydrogen atom.
Rt2表示氫原子或甲基,較佳為氫原子。 R t2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom.
另外,於所述肟磺酸酯化合物中,關於肟的立體結構(E,Z),可為任一者,亦可為混合物。 In addition, in the oxime sulfonate compound, the stereostructure (E, Z) of the oxime may be any one or a mixture.
作為所述式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)所表示的肟磺酸酯化合物的具體例,例示日本專利特開2011-209692號公報的段落編號0088~段落編號0095、日本專利特開2015-194674號公報的段落編號0168~段落編號0194中記載的化合物,該些內容併入至本說明書中。 As specific examples of the oxime sulfonate compounds represented by the formula (OS-103) to the formula (OS-105), compounds described in paragraphs 0088 to 0095 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-209692 and paragraphs 0168 to 0194 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2015-194674 are exemplified, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.
作為包含至少一個肟磺酸酯基的肟磺酸酯化合物的較佳的另一態樣,可列舉下述式(OS-101)、式(OS-102)所表示的化合物。 As another preferred embodiment of the oxime sulfonate compound containing at least one oxime sulfonate group, the compounds represented by the following formula (OS-101) and formula (OS-102) can be cited.
式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,Ru9表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、烷氧基、烷氧基羰基、醯基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、 磺基、氰基、芳基或雜芳基。更佳為Ru9為氰基或芳基的態樣,進而佳為Ru9為氰基、苯基或萘基的態樣。 In formula (OS-101) or formula (OS-102), R u9 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyl group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group. More preferably, R u9 is a cyano group or an aryl group, and still more preferably, R u9 is a cyano group, a phenyl group, or a naphthyl group.
式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,Ru2a表示烷基或芳基。 In Formula (OS-101) or Formula (OS-102), R u2a represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,Xu表示-O-、-S-、-NH-、-NRu5-、-CH2-、-CRu6H-或CRu6Ru7-,Ru5~Ru7分別獨立地表示烷基或芳基。 In formula (OS-101) or formula (OS-102), Xu represents -O-, -S-, -NH-, -NRu5- , -CH2- , -CRu6H- or CRu6Ru7- , and Ru5 to Ru7 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group .
式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,Ru1~Ru4分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、烷氧基、胺基、烷氧基羰基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、醯胺基、磺基、氰基或芳基。Ru1~Ru4中的兩個可分別相互鍵結而形成環。此時,環可縮環而與苯環一起形成稠環。作為Ru1~Ru4,較佳為氫原子、鹵素原子或烷基,另外,Ru1~Ru4中的至少兩個相互鍵結而形成芳基的態樣亦較佳。其中,較佳為Ru1~Ru4均為氫原子的態樣。所述取代基均可更具有取代基。 In formula (OS-101) or formula (OS-102), R u1 to R u4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an amine group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an amide group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group or an aryl group. Two of R u1 to R u4 can be bonded to each other to form a ring. In this case, the ring can be condensed to form a condensed ring together with the benzene ring. As R u1 to R u4 , it is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group. In addition, it is also preferred that at least two of R u1 to R u4 are bonded to each other to form an aryl group. Among them, it is preferred that R u1 to R u4 are all hydrogen atoms. The substituents can all have further substituents.
所述式(OS-101)所表示的化合物更佳為式(OS-102)所表示的化合物。 The compound represented by the formula (OS-101) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (OS-102).
另外,於所述肟磺酸酯化合物中,關於肟或苯並噻唑環的立體結構(E,Z等),分別可為任一者,亦可為混合物。 In addition, in the oxime sulfonate compound, the stereostructure (E, Z, etc.) of the oxime or benzothiazole ring may be any one or a mixture.
作為式(OS-101)所表示的化合物的具體例,例示日本專利特開2011-209692號公報的段落編號0102~段落編號0106、日本專利特開2015-194674號公報的段落編號0195~段落編號0207中記載的化合物,該些內容併入至本說明書中。 As specific examples of the compound represented by formula (OS-101), compounds described in paragraphs 0102 to 0106 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-209692 and paragraphs 0195 to 0207 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2015-194674 are exemplified, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.
所述化合物中,較佳為b-9、b-16、b-31、b-33。 Among the compounds, b-9, b-16, b-31 and b-33 are preferred.
作為市售品,可列舉WPAG-336(富士軟片和光純藥(股)製造)、WPAG-443(富士軟片和光純藥(股)製造)、MBZ-101(綠化學(股)製造)等。 Commercially available products include WPAG-336 (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemicals Co., Ltd.), WPAG-443 (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemicals Co., Ltd.), and MBZ-101 (manufactured by Green Chemicals Co., Ltd.).
作為感應光化射線的光酸產生劑,較佳為不含1,2-醌二疊氮化合物者。其理由在於:1,2-醌二疊氮化合物藉由逐次型光化學反應而生成羧基,但其量子產率為1以下,與肟磺酸酯化合物相比感度低。 As a photoacid generator that is sensitive to actinic radiation, it is preferred that it does not contain 1,2-quinonediazide compounds. The reason is that 1,2-quinonediazide compounds generate carboxyl groups through a sequential photochemical reaction, but their quantum yield is less than 1, and their sensitivity is lower than that of oxime sulfonate compounds.
與此相對,肟磺酸酯化合物感應光化射線而生成的酸對於經保護的酸基的脫保護而言作為觸媒發揮作用,因此藉由一個光量子的作用而生成的酸有助於大多數的脫保護反應,量子產率超過1,例如成為10的數乘方般大的值,推測作為所謂的化學增幅的結果,可獲得高感度。 In contrast, the acid generated by the oxime sulfonate compound in response to actinic radiation acts as a catalyst for the deprotection of the protected acid group. Therefore, the acid generated by the action of one photon contributes to most deprotection reactions, and the quantum yield exceeds 1, for example, a value as large as 10. It is speculated that high sensitivity can be obtained as a result of so-called chemical amplification.
另外,肟磺酸酯化合物具有擴展的π共軛系,因此至長波長側為止具有吸收,不僅在遠紫外線(深紫外線(Deep Ultra Violet,DUV))、ArF射線、KrF射線、i射線下顯示出非常高的感度,而且在g射線下亦顯示出非常高的感度。 In addition, oxime sulfonate compounds have an extended π-conjugated system, so they have absorption up to the long-wavelength side, and show very high sensitivity not only under far ultraviolet rays (deep ultraviolet rays (DUV)), ArF rays, KrF rays, and i rays, but also under g rays.
藉由使用四氫呋喃基作為感光層中的酸分解性基,與縮醛或縮酮相比,可獲得同等程度或其以上的酸分解性。藉此,可藉由更短時間的後烘烤來確實地消耗酸分解性基。進而,藉由組合使用作為光酸產生劑的肟磺酸酯化合物,磺酸產生速度提高,因此促進酸的生成,促進樹脂的酸分解性基的分解。另外,藉由 肟磺酸酯化合物分解而獲得的酸為分子小的磺酸,因此硬化膜中的擴散性亦高,可進一步實現高感度化。 By using tetrahydrofuranyl as the acid-degradable group in the photosensitive layer, the same or higher acid-degradability can be obtained compared to acetal or ketone. As a result, the acid-degradable group can be consumed reliably by post-baking for a shorter time. Furthermore, by using an oxime sulfonate compound as a photoacid generator in combination, the sulfonic acid generation rate is increased, thereby promoting the generation of acid and promoting the decomposition of the acid-degradable group of the resin. In addition, the acid obtained by decomposing the oxime sulfonate compound is a sulfonic acid with a small molecule, so the diffusion property in the cured film is also high, which can further achieve high sensitivity.
相對於感光層的總質量,光酸產生劑較佳為使用0.1質量%~20質量%,更佳為使用0.5質量%~18質量%,進而佳為使用0.5質量%~10質量%,進而較佳為使用0.5質量%~3質量%,進而更佳為使用0.5質量%~1.2質量%。 Relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer, the photoacid generator is preferably used in an amount of 0.1 mass% to 20 mass%, more preferably 0.5 mass% to 18 mass%, further preferably 0.5 mass% to 10 mass%, further preferably 0.5 mass% to 3 mass%, further preferably 0.5 mass% to 1.2 mass%.
光酸產生劑可單獨使用一種,亦可以多種的組合使用。於多種的組合的情況下,較佳為該些的合計量處於所述範圍。 The photoacid generator can be used alone or in combination. In the case of multiple combinations, it is preferred that the total amount of these is within the above range.
〔鹼性化合物〕 [Alkaline compounds]
就後述的感光層形成用組成物的液體保存穩定性的觀點而言,感光層較佳為包含鹼性化合物。 From the perspective of the liquid storage stability of the composition for forming the photosensitive layer described later, the photosensitive layer preferably contains an alkaline compound.
作為鹼性化合物,可自公知的化學增幅抗蝕劑中所使用的化合物中任意選擇使用。例如可列舉:脂肪族胺、芳香族胺、雜環式胺、氫氧化四級銨及羧酸的四級銨鹽等。 As the alkaline compound, any compound used in the known chemically amplified anticorrosive agent can be selected and used. For example, aliphatic amines, aromatic amines, heterocyclic amines, quaternary ammonium hydroxide, and quaternary ammonium salts of carboxylic acids can be listed.
作為脂肪族胺,例如可列舉:三甲胺、二乙胺、三乙胺、二-正丙胺、三-正丙胺、二-正戊胺、三-正戊胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、二環己基胺、二環己基甲基胺等。 Examples of aliphatic amines include trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, di-n-propylamine, tri-n-propylamine, di-n-pentylamine, tri-n-pentylamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine, dicyclohexylmethylamine, etc.
作為芳香族胺,例如可列舉:苯胺、苄基胺、N,N-二甲基苯胺、二苯胺等。 Examples of aromatic amines include aniline, benzylamine, N,N-dimethylaniline, diphenylamine, etc.
作為雜環式胺,例如可列舉:吡啶、2-甲基吡啶、4-甲基吡啶、2-乙基吡啶、4-乙基吡啶、2-苯基吡啶、4-苯基吡啶、N-甲基-4-苯基吡啶、4-二甲基胺基吡啶、咪唑、苯並咪唑、4-甲基咪唑、 2-苯基苯並咪唑、2,4,5-三苯基咪唑、菸鹼、菸鹼酸、菸鹼醯胺、喹啉、8-羥基喹啉、吡嗪、吡唑、噠嗪、嘌呤、吡咯啶、哌啶、環己基嗎啉乙基硫脲、哌嗪、嗎啉、4-甲基嗎啉、1,5-二氮雜雙環[4.3.0]-5-壬烯、1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.3.0]-7-十一烯等。 Examples of heterocyclic amines include pyridine, 2-methylpyridine, 4-methylpyridine, 2-ethylpyridine, 4-ethylpyridine, 2-phenylpyridine, 4-phenylpyridine, N-methyl-4-phenylpyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, imidazole, benzimidazole, 4-methylimidazole, 2-phenylbenzimidazole, 2,4,5-triphenyl Imidazole, nicotinic acid, nicotinamide, quinoline, 8-hydroxyquinoline, pyrazine, pyrazole, oxazine, purine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, cyclohexylmorpholine ethylthiourea, piperazine, morpholine, 4-methylmorpholine, 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-5-nonene, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.3.0]-7-undecene, etc.
作為氫氧化四級銨,例如可列舉:氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四-正丁基銨、氫氧化四-正己基銨等。 As quaternary ammonium hydroxides, for example, there can be listed: tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetra-n-butylammonium hydroxide, tetra-n-hexylammonium hydroxide, etc.
作為羧酸的四級銨鹽,例如可列舉:四甲基銨乙酸鹽、四甲基銨苯甲酸鹽、四-正丁基銨乙酸鹽、四-正丁基銨苯甲酸鹽等。 Examples of quaternary ammonium salts of carboxylic acids include tetramethylammonium acetate, tetramethylammonium benzoate, tetra-n-butylammonium acetate, tetra-n-butylammonium benzoate, etc.
於感光層包含鹼性化合物的情況下,相對於感光層用特定樹脂100質量份,鹼性化合物的含量較佳為0.001質量份~1質量份,更佳為0.002質量份~0.5質量份。 When the photosensitive layer contains an alkaline compound, the content of the alkaline compound is preferably 0.001 to 1 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.002 to 0.5 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin for the photosensitive layer.
鹼性化合物可為一種單獨的化合物,亦可為多種化合物的組合。另外,鹼性化合物更佳為多種化合物的組合,進而佳為兩種化合物的組合,特佳為互不相同的兩種雜環式胺的組合。於鹼性化合物為多種化合物的組合的情況下,較佳為該些的合計量處於所述範圍。 The alkaline compound may be a single compound or a combination of multiple compounds. In addition, the alkaline compound is preferably a combination of multiple compounds, more preferably a combination of two compounds, and particularly preferably a combination of two different heterocyclic amines. When the alkaline compound is a combination of multiple compounds, it is preferred that the total amount of these compounds is within the above range.
〔界面活性劑〕 [Surfactant]
就提高後述的感光層形成用組成物的塗佈性的觀點而言,感光層較佳為包含界面活性劑。 From the perspective of improving the coating properties of the photosensitive layer-forming composition described later, the photosensitive layer preferably contains a surfactant.
作為界面活性劑,可使用陰離子系、陽離子系、非離子系、或兩性中的任一種,較佳的界面活性劑為非離子系界面活性劑。 As a surfactant, anionic, cationic, non-ionic, or amphoteric surfactants can be used, and the preferred surfactant is a non-ionic surfactant.
作為非離子系界面活性劑的例子,可列舉:聚氧乙烯高級烷基醚類、聚氧乙烯高級烷基苯基醚類、聚氧乙二醇的高級脂肪酸二酯類、氟系、矽酮系界面活性劑。 Examples of non-ionic surfactants include polyoxyethylene higher alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene higher alkyl phenyl ethers, higher fatty acid diesters of polyoxyethylene glycol, fluorine-based, and silicone-based surfactants.
作為界面活性劑,更佳為包含氟系界面活性劑或矽酮系界面活性劑。 As the surfactant, it is more preferable to include a fluorine-based surfactant or a silicone-based surfactant.
作為該些氟系界面活性劑或矽酮系界面活性劑,例如可列舉:日本專利特開昭62-036663號公報、日本專利特開昭61-226746號公報、日本專利特開昭61-226745號公報、日本專利特開昭62-170950號公報、日本專利特開昭63-034540號公報、日本專利特開平07-230165號公報、日本專利特開平08-062834號公報、日本專利特開平09-054432號公報、日本專利特開平09-005988號公報、日本專利特開2001-330953號公報的各公報中記載的界面活性劑,亦可使用市售的界面活性劑。 Examples of the fluorine-based surfactants and silicone-based surfactants include Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 62-036663, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 61-226746, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 61-226745, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 62-170950, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 63-034540, Surfactants described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 07-230165, Japanese Patent Publication No. 08-062834, Japanese Patent Publication No. 09-054432, Japanese Patent Publication No. 09-005988, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 2001-330953 may also be used as commercially available surfactants.
作為可使用的市售的界面活性劑,例如可列舉艾福拓(Eftop)EF301、EF303(以上,新秋田化成(股)製造)、弗洛德(Fluorad)FC430、431(以上,住友3M(股)製造)、美佳法(Megafac)F171、F173、F176、F189、R08(以上,迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造)、沙福隆(Surflon)S-382、SC101、102、103、104、105、106(以上,旭硝子清美化學(AGC Seimi Chemical)(股)製造)、PF-6320等波利佛斯(PolyFox)系列(歐諾法(OMNOVA)公司製造)等氟系界面活性劑或矽酮系界面活性劑。另外,聚矽氧烷聚合物KP-341(信越化學工業(股)製造)亦可作為矽酮系 界面活性劑而使用。 Examples of commercially available surfactants that can be used include fluorine-based surfactants such as Eftop EF301 and EF303 (manufactured by Shin-Akita Chemical Co., Ltd.), Fluorad FC430 and 431 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), Megafac F171, F173, F176, F189, and R08 (manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.), Surflon S-382, SC101, 102, 103, 104, 105, and 106 (manufactured by AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.), and PolyFox series (manufactured by OMNOVA) such as PF-6320, or silicone-based surfactants. In addition, polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used as a silicone-based surfactant.
另外,作為界面活性劑,可列舉如下共聚物作為較佳的例子,所述共聚物包含下述式(41)所表示的重複單元A及重複單元B,且藉由以四氫呋喃(THF)為溶劑時的凝膠滲透層析法測定的聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量(Mw)為1,000以上且10,000以下。 In addition, as a surfactant, the following copolymer can be cited as a preferred example, the copolymer comprises a repeating unit A and a repeating unit B represented by the following formula (41), and the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polystyrene conversion measured by gel permeation chromatography using tetrahydrofuran (THF) as a solvent is 1,000 or more and 10,000 or less.
式(41)中,R41及R43分別獨立地表示氫原子或甲基,R42表示碳數1以上且4以下的直鏈伸烷基,R44表示氫原子或碳數1以上且4以下的烷基,L4表示碳數3以上且6以下的伸烷基,p4及q4是表示聚合比的質量百分率,p4表示10質量%以上且80質量%以下的數值,q4表示20質量%以上且90質量%以下的數值,r4表示1以上且18以下的整數,n4表示1以上且10以下的整數。 In formula (41), R41 and R43 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R42 represents a linear alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, R44 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, L4 represents an alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, p4 and q4 are mass percentages representing polymerization ratios, p4 represents a value of 10% to 80% by mass, q4 represents a value of 20% to 90% by mass, r4 represents an integer of 1 to 18, and n4 represents an integer of 1 to 10.
式(41)中,L4較佳為下述式(42)所表示的分支伸烷基。式(42)中的R45表示碳數1以上且4以下的烷基,就對被塗 佈面的潤濕性的方面而言,較佳為碳數1以上且3以下的烷基,更佳為碳數2或3的烷基。 In formula (41), L4 is preferably a branched alkyl group represented by the following formula (42). R45 in formula (42) represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and in terms of wettability to the coated surface, is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms.
-CH2-CH(R45)- (42) -CH 2 -CH(R 45 )- (42)
所述共聚物的重量平均分子量更佳為1,500以上且5,000以下。 The weight average molecular weight of the copolymer is preferably greater than 1,500 and less than 5,000.
於感光層包含界面活性劑的情況下,相對於感光層用特定樹脂100質量份,界面活性劑的添加量較佳為10質量份以下,更佳為0.01質量份~10質量份,進而佳為0.01質量份~1質量份。 When the photosensitive layer contains a surfactant, the amount of the surfactant added is preferably 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.01 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.01 parts by mass to 1 part by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin for the photosensitive layer.
界面活性劑可單獨使用一種,亦可以多種的組合使用。於多種的組合的情況下,較佳為該些的合計量處於所述範圍。 Surfactants can be used alone or in combination. In the case of multiple combinations, it is preferred that the total amount of these is within the above range.
〔其他成分〕 [Other ingredients]
於感光層中,根據需要可進一步分別添加一種或兩種以上的抗氧化劑、塑化劑、熱自由基產生劑、熱酸產生劑、酸增殖劑、紫外線吸收劑、增黏劑、及有機或無機的沈澱防止劑等公知的添加劑。該些的詳細情況可參考日本專利特開2011-209692號公報的段落編號0143~段落編號0148的記載,該些內容併入至本說明書中。 In the photosensitive layer, one or more antioxidants, plasticizers, thermal free radical generators, thermal acid generators, acid proliferation agents, ultraviolet absorbers, thickeners, and organic or inorganic precipitation inhibitors and other known additives can be further added as needed. For details, please refer to the description of paragraphs 0143 to 0148 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-209692, and these contents are incorporated into this manual.
就提高解析能力的觀點而言,感光層的厚度較佳為0.1μm以上,更佳為0.5μm以上,進而佳為0.75μm以上,特佳為0.8μm以上。作為感光層的厚度的上限值,較佳為10μm以下, 更佳為5.0μm以下,進而佳為2.0μm以下。 From the perspective of improving the resolution, the thickness of the photosensitive layer is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.5 μm or more, further preferably 0.75 μm or more, and particularly preferably 0.8 μm or more. As the upper limit of the thickness of the photosensitive layer, it is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5.0 μm or less, and further preferably 2.0 μm or less.
感光層與保護層的厚度的合計較佳為0.2μm以上,更佳為1.0μm以上,進而佳為2.0μm以上。作為上限值,較佳為20.0μm以下,更佳為10.0μm以下,進而佳為5.0μm以下。 The total thickness of the photosensitive layer and the protective layer is preferably 0.2 μm or more, more preferably 1.0 μm or more, and even more preferably 2.0 μm or more. As the upper limit, it is preferably 20.0 μm or less, more preferably 10.0 μm or less, and even more preferably 5.0 μm or less.
〔顯影液〕 〔Developer〕
感光層供於使用顯影液的顯影中。 The photosensitive layer is used for development using a developer.
作為顯影液,較佳為包含有機溶劑的顯影液。 As the developer, one containing an organic solvent is preferred.
相對於顯影液的總質量,有機溶劑的含量較佳為90質量%~100質量%,更佳為95質量%~100質量%。另外,顯影液亦可為僅包含有機溶劑的顯影液。 Relative to the total mass of the developer, the content of the organic solvent is preferably 90 mass% to 100 mass%, and more preferably 95 mass% to 100 mass%. In addition, the developer may also be a developer containing only an organic solvent.
下文將對使用顯影液的感光層的顯影方法進行敘述。 The following describes the method of developing the photosensitive layer using a developer.
-有機溶劑- -Organic solvents-
顯影液中所含的有機溶劑的sp值較佳為未滿19MPa1/2,更佳為18MPa1/2以下。 The sp value of the organic solvent contained in the developer is preferably less than 19 MPa 1/2 , more preferably 18 MPa 1/2 or less.
作為顯影液中所含的有機溶劑,可列舉酮系溶劑、酯系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑等極性溶劑以及烴系溶劑。 As organic solvents contained in the developer, polar solvents such as ketone solvents, ester solvents, amide solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents can be listed.
作為酮系溶劑,例如可列舉:1-辛酮、2-辛酮、1-壬酮、2-壬酮、2-庚酮(甲基戊基酮)、4-庚酮、1-己酮、2-己酮、二異丁基酮、環己酮、甲基環己酮、苯基丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、乙醯基丙酮、丙酮基丙酮、紫羅酮、二丙酮基醇、乙醯基甲醇、苯乙酮、甲基萘基酮、異佛爾酮、碳酸伸丙酯等。 Examples of ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetone alcohol, acetylmethanol, acetophenone, methylnaphthyl ketone, isophorone, propyl carbonate, etc.
作為酯系溶劑,例如可列舉:乙酸甲酯、乙酸丁酯、乙 酸乙酯、乙酸異丙酯、乙酸戊酯(pentyl acetate)、乙酸異戊酯(isopentyl acetate)、乙酸戊酯(amyl acetate)、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙基-3-乙氧基丙酸酯、3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、甲酸甲酯、甲酸乙酯、甲酸丁酯、甲酸丙酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸丁酯、乳酸丙酯等。 As ester solvents, for example, methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, etc.
作為醯胺系溶劑,例如可使用N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、六甲基磷醯三胺、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮等。 As amide solvents, for example, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphatriamidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, etc. can be used.
作為烴系溶劑,例如可列舉:甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴系溶劑,戊烷、己烷、辛烷、癸烷等脂肪族烴系溶劑。 Examples of hydrocarbon solvents include aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, octane, and decane.
所述有機溶劑可僅使用一種,亦可使用兩種以上。另外,亦可與所述以外的有機溶劑混合使用。其中,相對於顯影液的總質量,水的含量較佳為未滿10質量%,更佳為實質上不含水。此處所謂實質上不含水,例如是指相對於顯影液的總質量,水的含量為3質量%以下,更佳為是指為測定極限以下。 The organic solvent may be used alone or in combination. In addition, it may be mixed with other organic solvents. The water content relative to the total mass of the developer is preferably less than 10 mass%, and it is more preferable that the developer is substantially free of water. The term "substantially free of water" here means, for example, that the water content relative to the total mass of the developer is less than 3 mass%, and it is more preferable that the water content is below the measurement limit.
即,相對於顯影液的總量,有機溶劑相對於有機顯影液的使用量較佳為90質量%以上且100質量%以下,更佳為95質量%以上且100質量%以下。 That is, relative to the total amount of the developer, the amount of the organic solvent used relative to the organic developer is preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less.
有機顯影液特佳為包含選自由酮系溶劑、酯系溶劑及醯胺系溶劑所組成的群組中的至少一種有機溶劑。 The organic developer preferably contains at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents and amide solvents.
另外,有機顯影液根據需要亦可含有適當量的鹼性化合物。 作為鹼性化合物的例子,可列舉所述鹼性化合物一項中所述的化合物。 In addition, the organic developer may contain an appropriate amount of an alkaline compound as required. As examples of alkaline compounds, the compounds described in the above-mentioned alkaline compounds can be cited.
有機顯影液的蒸氣壓於23℃下較佳為5kPa以下,更佳為3kPa以下,進而佳為2kPa以下。藉由使有機顯影液的蒸氣壓為5kPa以下,顯影液於感光層上或者顯影杯內的蒸發得到抑制,感光層的面內的溫度均勻性提高,結果,改善顯影後的感光層的尺寸均勻性。 The vapor pressure of the organic developer is preferably below 5 kPa at 23°C, more preferably below 3 kPa, and further preferably below 2 kPa. By setting the vapor pressure of the organic developer to below 5 kPa, the evaporation of the developer on the photosensitive layer or in the developer cup is suppressed, the temperature uniformity within the surface of the photosensitive layer is improved, and as a result, the dimensional uniformity of the photosensitive layer after development is improved.
作為具有5kPa以下的蒸氣壓的溶劑的具體的例子,可列舉:1-辛酮、2-辛酮、1-壬酮、2-壬酮、2-庚酮(甲基戊基酮)、4-庚酮、2-己酮、二異丁基酮、環己酮、甲基環己酮、苯基丙酮、甲基異丁基酮等酮系溶劑;乙酸丁酯、乙酸戊酯(pentyl acetate)、乙酸異戊酯(isopentyl acetate)、乙酸戊酯(amyl acetate)、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙基-3-乙氧基丙酸酯、3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、甲酸丁酯、甲酸丙酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸丁酯、乳酸丙酯等酯系溶劑;N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺等醯胺系溶劑;甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴系溶劑;辛烷、癸烷等脂肪族烴系溶劑。 Specific examples of the solvent having a vapor pressure of 5 kPa or less include ketone solvents such as 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, and methyl isobutyl ketone; butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, and amyl acetate; acetate), propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate and other ester solvents; N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide and other amide solvents; toluene, xylene and other aromatic hydrocarbon solvents; octane, decane and other aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents.
作為具有特佳範圍即2kPa以下的蒸氣壓的溶劑的具體的例子,可列舉:1-辛酮、2-辛酮、1-壬酮、2-壬酮、4-庚酮、2-己酮、二異丁基酮、環己酮、甲基環己酮、苯基丙酮等酮系溶劑;乙酸丁酯、乙酸戊酯(amyl acetate)、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙二 醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙基-3-乙氧基丙酸酯、3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸丁酯、乳酸丙酯等酯系溶劑;N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺等醯胺系溶劑;二甲苯等芳香族烴系溶劑;辛烷、癸烷等脂肪族烴系溶劑。 Specific examples of solvents having a particularly preferred vapor pressure of 2 kPa or less include ketone solvents such as 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, and phenylacetone; butyl acetate, amyl acetate, and the like; acetate), propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate and other ester solvents; N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide and other amide solvents; xylene and other aromatic hydrocarbon solvents; octane, decane and other aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents.
-界面活性劑- -Surfactant-
顯影液亦可含有界面活性劑。 The developer may also contain a surfactant.
作為界面活性劑,並無特別限定,例如可較佳地使用所述保護層一項中所述的界面活性劑。 There is no particular limitation on the surfactant, and for example, the surfactant described in the protective layer may be preferably used.
於在顯影液中調配界面活性劑的情況下,相對於顯影液的總量,其調配量通常為0.001質量%~5質量%,較佳為0.005質量%~2質量%,更佳為0.01質量%~0.5質量%。 When a surfactant is mixed in a developer, the amount thereof is generally 0.001% to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005% to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.01% to 0.5% by mass, relative to the total amount of the developer.
〔感光層形成用組成物〕 [Photosensitive layer forming composition]
感光層形成用組成物是用於形成積層體中所含的感光層的組成物。 The photosensitive layer forming composition is a composition used to form the photosensitive layer contained in the laminate.
於積層體中,感光層例如可藉由將感光層形成用組成物應用於保護層上並使其乾燥來形成。作為應用方法,例如可參考後述的關於保護層中的保護層形成用組成物的應用方法的記載。 In a laminate, the photosensitive layer can be formed, for example, by applying a photosensitive layer-forming composition to a protective layer and drying it. As an application method, for example, reference can be made to the description of the application method of the protective layer-forming composition in the protective layer described later.
感光層形成用組成物較佳為包含所述感光層中所含的成分(例如感光層用特定樹脂、光酸產生劑、鹼性化合物、界面活性劑及其他成分等)以及溶劑。該些感光層中所含的成分較佳 為溶解或分散於溶劑中,更佳為溶解。 The composition for forming the photosensitive layer preferably includes the components contained in the photosensitive layer (e.g., a specific resin for the photosensitive layer, a photoacid generator, an alkaline compound, a surfactant, and other components, etc.) and a solvent. The components contained in the photosensitive layer are preferably dissolved or dispersed in the solvent, and more preferably dissolved.
感光層形成用組成物中所含的成分的含量較佳為將所述各成分相對於感光層的總質量的含量替換為相對於感光層形成用組成物的固體成分量的含量。 The content of the components contained in the photosensitive layer forming composition is preferably obtained by replacing the content of each component relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer with the content relative to the solid content of the photosensitive layer forming composition.
-有機溶劑- -Organic solvents-
作為感光層形成用組成物中使用的有機溶劑,可使用公知的有機溶劑,可例示:乙二醇單烷基醚類、乙二醇二烷基醚類、乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類、丙二醇單烷基醚類、丙二醇二烷基醚類、丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類、二乙二醇二烷基醚類、二乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類、二丙二醇單烷基醚類、二丙二醇二烷基醚類、二丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類、酯類、酮類、醯胺類、內酯類等。 As the organic solvent used in the photosensitive layer forming composition, known organic solvents can be used, and examples thereof include: ethylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, ethylene glycol dialkyl ethers, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, propylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, propylene glycol dialkyl ethers, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, diethylene glycol dialkyl ethers, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, dipropylene glycol dialkyl ethers, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, esters, ketones, amides, lactones, etc.
作為有機溶劑,例如可列舉:(1)乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單丙醚、乙二醇單丁醚等乙二醇單烷基醚類;(2)乙二醇二甲醚、乙二醇二乙醚、乙二醇二丙醚等乙二醇二烷基醚類;(3)乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯等乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類;(4)丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單丙醚、丙二醇單丁醚等丙二醇單烷基醚類;(5)丙二醇二甲醚、丙二醇二乙醚等丙二醇二烷基醚類;(6)丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單 丙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯等丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類;(7)二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇乙基甲基醚等二乙二醇二烷基醚類;(8)二乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯等二乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類;(9)二丙二醇單甲醚、二丙二醇單乙醚、二丙二醇單丙醚、二丙二醇單丁醚等二丙二醇單烷基醚類;(10)二丙二醇二甲醚、二丙二醇二乙醚、二丙二醇乙基甲醚等二丙二醇二烷基醚類;(11)二丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯等二丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類;(12)乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸正丙酯、乳酸異丙酯、乳酸正丁酯、乳酸異丁酯、乳酸正戊酯、乳酸異戊酯等乳酸酯類;(13)乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸正戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸正己酯、乙酸2-乙基己酯、丙酸乙酯、丙酸正丙酯、丙酸異丙酯、丙酸正丁酯、丙酸異丁酯、丁酸甲酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸正丙酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸正丁酯、丁酸異丁酯等脂肪族羧酸酯類;(14)羥基乙酸乙酯、2-羥基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯、2-羥基-3-甲基丁酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、 3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁基丙酸酯、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁基丁酸酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯等其他酯類;(15)甲基乙基酮、甲基丙基酮、甲基-正丁基酮、甲基異丁基酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、4-庚酮、環己酮等酮類;(16)N-甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮等醯胺類;(17)γ-丁內酯等內酯類等。 Examples of organic solvents include: (1) ethylene glycol monoalkyl ethers such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, and ethylene glycol monobutyl ether; (2) ethylene glycol dialkyl ethers such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, and ethylene glycol dipropyl ether; (3) ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, and ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate; (4) propylene glycol monoalkyl ethers such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, and propylene glycol monobutyl ether; (5) propylene glycol dialkyl ethers such as propylene glycol dimethyl ether and propylene glycol diethyl ether; (6) propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, and propylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate. (7) diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether and other diethylene glycol dialkyl ethers; (8) diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate and other dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates; (9) dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether and other dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ethers; (10) dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol diethyl ether, dipropylene glycol ethyl methyl ether and other dipropylene glycol dialkyl ethers; (11) dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate (12) lactic acid esters such as methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, n-propyl lactate, isopropyl lactate, n-butyl lactate, isobutyl lactate, n-pentyl lactate, isopentyl lactate; (13) aliphatic carboxylic acid esters such as n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, n-pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, n-hexyl acetate, 2-ethylhexyl acetate, ethyl propionate, n-propyl propionate, isopropyl propionate, n-butyl propionate, isobutyl propionate, methyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, n-propyl butyrate, isopropyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, isobutyl butyrate; (14) ethyl hydroxylate, ethyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-hydroxy-3-methylbutyrate, ethyl methoxylate, ethyl ethoxylate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, Esters, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl propionate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl butyrate, methyl acetylacetate, ethyl acetylacetate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate and other esters; (15) ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, methyl propyl ketone, methyl-n-butyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, etc.; (16) amides such as N-methylformamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N-methylacetamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, etc.; (17) lactones such as γ-butyrolactone, etc.
另外,於該些有機溶劑中,進而根據需要亦可添加苄基乙醚、二己基醚、乙二醇單苯基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、異佛爾酮、己酸、辛酸、1-辛醇、1-壬醇、苄醇、苯甲醚、乙酸苄酯、苯甲酸乙酯、乙二酸二乙酯、馬來酸二乙酯、碳酸伸乙酯、碳酸伸丙酯等有機溶劑。 In addition, in these organic solvents, organic solvents such as benzyl ethyl ether, dihexyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, isophorone, hexanoic acid, octanoic acid, 1-octanol, 1-nonanol, benzyl alcohol, anisole, benzyl acetate, ethyl benzoate, diethyl oxalate, diethyl maleate, ethyl carbonate, propyl carbonate, etc. can also be added as needed.
所述有機溶劑中,較佳為丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類、或二乙二醇二烷基醚類,特佳為二乙二醇乙基甲基醚、或丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯。 Among the organic solvents, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate or diethylene glycol dialkyl ether is preferred, and diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether or propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate is particularly preferred.
於感光層形成用組成物包含有機溶劑的情況下,相對於感光層用特定樹脂100質量份,有機溶劑的含量較佳為1質量份~3,000質量份,更佳為5質量份~2,000質量份,進而佳為10質量份~1,500質量份。 When the photosensitive layer forming composition includes an organic solvent, the content of the organic solvent is preferably 1 to 3,000 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 2,000 parts by mass, and even more preferably 10 to 1,500 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin for the photosensitive layer.
有機溶劑可單獨使用一種,亦可以多種的組合使用。於多種的組合的情況下,較佳為該些的合計量處於所述範圍。 Organic solvents can be used alone or in combination. In the case of multiple combinations, it is preferred that the total amount of these is within the above range.
<積層體形成用套組> <Laminar body formation kit>
積層體形成用套組例如包含所述保護層形成用組成物及感光層形成用組成物。另外,積層體形成用套組亦可更包含所述有機層形成用組成物。 The laminate forming kit includes, for example, the protective layer forming composition and the photosensitive layer forming composition. In addition, the laminate forming kit may further include the organic layer forming composition.
<積層體的製造方法與有機層的圖案化方法> <Method for manufacturing a laminate and method for patterning an organic layer>
下述(1)~(6)的步驟是與有機層的圖案化相關的一系列的作業步驟。積層體的製造方法至少包括下述步驟(1)。另外,有機層的圖案化方法至少包括下述步驟(5)。 The following steps (1) to (6) are a series of operation steps related to the patterning of the organic layer. The method for manufacturing the laminate includes at least the following step (1). In addition, the method for patterning the organic layer includes at least the following step (5).
(1)於基板上的有機層上形成保護層的步驟。 (1) A step of forming a protective layer on the organic layer on the substrate.
(2)於保護層上形成感光層的步驟。 (2) The step of forming a photosensitive layer on the protective layer.
(3)對感光層進行曝光的步驟。 (3) The step of exposing the photosensitive layer.
(4)使用包含有機溶劑的顯影液對感光層進行顯影來製作遮罩圖案的步驟。 (4) The step of developing the photosensitive layer using a developer containing an organic solvent to produce a mask pattern.
(5)去除非遮罩部的保護層及有機層的步驟。 (5) The step of removing the protective layer and organic layer of the non-masked part.
(6)使用剝離液來去除保護層的步驟。 (6) The step of using a stripping fluid to remove the protective layer.
<<(1)於有機層上形成保護層的步驟>> <<(1) Step of forming a protective layer on an organic layer>>
本實施方式的有機層的圖案化方法包括於有機層上形成保護層的步驟。通常,於基材之上形成有機層後,進行本步驟。該情況下,保護層是於有機層的與基材側的面相反一側的面形成。保護層較佳為以與有機層直接接觸的方式形成,但亦可在不脫離本發明的主旨的範圍內在保護層與有機層之間設置其他層。作為其他層,可列舉氟系的底塗層等。另外,保護層可僅設置一層,亦 可設置兩層以上。如上所述,保護層較佳為使用保護層形成用組成物來形成。 The patterning method of the organic layer of the present embodiment includes the step of forming a protective layer on the organic layer. Usually, this step is performed after the organic layer is formed on the substrate. In this case, the protective layer is formed on the surface of the organic layer opposite to the surface on the substrate side. The protective layer is preferably formed in direct contact with the organic layer, but other layers may be provided between the protective layer and the organic layer within the scope of the present invention. As other layers, fluorine-based primer layers and the like can be listed. In addition, the protective layer may be provided in only one layer or in two or more layers. As described above, the protective layer is preferably formed using a protective layer forming composition.
形成方法的詳細情況可參照所述積層體中的保護層形成用組成物的應用方法。 For details of the formation method, please refer to the application method of the protective layer forming composition in the laminate.
<<(2)於保護層上形成感光層的步驟>> <<(2) Step of forming a photosensitive layer on the protective layer>>
於所述(1)的步驟後,於保護層的與有機層側的面相反的一側上(較佳為表面上)形成感光層。如上所述,感光層較佳為使用感光層形成用組成物來形成。形成方法的詳細情況可參照所述積層體中的感光層形成用組成物的應用方法。 After step (1), a photosensitive layer is formed on the side of the protective layer opposite to the organic layer side (preferably on the surface). As mentioned above, the photosensitive layer is preferably formed using a photosensitive layer forming composition. The details of the formation method can refer to the application method of the photosensitive layer forming composition in the laminate.
<<(3)對感光層進行曝光的步驟>> <<(3) Step of exposing the photosensitive layer>>
於(2)的步驟中形成感光層後,對所述感光層進行曝光。具體而言,例如對感光層的至少一部分照射(曝光)光化射線。 After forming the photosensitive layer in step (2), the photosensitive layer is exposed. Specifically, for example, at least a portion of the photosensitive layer is irradiated (exposed) with actinic radiation.
所述曝光較佳為以成為規定的圖案的方式進行。另外,曝光可介隔光罩進行,亦可直接描畫規定的圖案。 The exposure is preferably performed in a manner that forms a prescribed pattern. In addition, the exposure can be performed through a photomask or by directly drawing the prescribed pattern.
作為曝光時的光化射線的波長,可使用具有較佳為180nm以上且450nm以下的波長、更佳為365nm(i射線)、248nm(KrF射線)或193nm(ArF射線)的波長的光化射線。 As the wavelength of the actinic radiation during exposure, an actinic radiation having a wavelength preferably greater than 180 nm and less than 450 nm, more preferably 365 nm (i radiation), 248 nm (KrF radiation) or 193 nm (ArF radiation) can be used.
作為光化射線的光源,可使用低壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、化學燈、雷射產生裝置、發光二極體(light-emitting diode,LED)光源等。 As a light source of actinic rays, low-pressure mercury lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamps, chemical lamps, laser generating devices, light-emitting diode (LED) light sources, etc. can be used.
於使用水銀燈作為光源的情況下,可較佳地使用具有g射線(436nm)、i射線(365nm)、h射線(405nm)等的波長的光化 射線,更佳為使用i射線。 When using a mercury lamp as a light source, it is preferable to use actinic radiation having a wavelength of g-ray (436nm), i-ray (365nm), h-ray (405nm), etc., and it is more preferable to use i-ray.
於使用雷射產生裝置作為光源的情況下,若為固體(釔鋁石榴石(Yttrium aluminium garnet,YAG))雷射,則較佳地使用具有343nm、355nm的波長的光化射線,若為準分子雷射,則較佳地使用具有193nm(ArF射線)、248nm(KrF射線)、351nm(Xe射線)的波長的光化射線,進而若為半導體雷射,則較佳地使用具有375nm、405nm的波長的光化射線。該些中,就穩定性、成本等方面而言,更佳為具有355nm或405nm的波長的光化射線。雷射可分一次或多次來對感光層照射。 When a laser generating device is used as a light source, if it is a solid (yttrium aluminum garnet (YAG)) laser, it is preferred to use actinic rays with a wavelength of 343nm or 355nm, if it is an excimer laser, it is preferred to use actinic rays with a wavelength of 193nm (ArF ray), 248nm (KrF ray), 351nm (Xe ray), and if it is a semiconductor laser, it is preferred to use actinic rays with a wavelength of 375nm or 405nm. Among these, actinic rays with a wavelength of 355nm or 405nm are more preferred in terms of stability, cost, etc. The laser can be irradiated to the photosensitive layer once or multiple times.
曝光量較佳為40mJ~120mJ,更佳為60mJ~100mJ。 The optimal exposure is 40mJ~120mJ, and more preferably 60mJ~100mJ.
雷射的每一脈波的能量密度較佳為0.1mJ/cm2以上且10,000mJ/cm2以下。為了使塗膜充分硬化,更佳為0.3mJ/cm2以上,進而佳為0.5mJ/cm2以上。就抑制因燒蝕(ablation)現象引起的感光層等的分解的觀點而言,較佳為將曝光量設為1,000mJ/cm2以下,更佳為100mJ/cm2以下。 The energy density of each pulse of the laser is preferably 0.1 mJ/cm 2 or more and 10,000 mJ/cm 2 or less. In order to fully cure the coating, it is more preferably 0.3 mJ/cm 2 or more, and further preferably 0.5 mJ/cm 2 or more. From the viewpoint of suppressing the decomposition of the photosensitive layer due to ablation, it is preferably set to 1,000 mJ/cm 2 or less, and more preferably 100 mJ/cm 2 or less.
另外,脈波寬度較佳為0.1奈秒(以下稱為「ns」)以上且30,000ns以下。為了不因燒蝕現象而分解色塗膜,更佳為0.5ns以上,進而較佳為1ns以上。為了於掃描曝光時提高對準精度,更佳為1,000ns以下,進而佳為50ns以下。 In addition, the pulse width is preferably 0.1 nanoseconds (hereinafter referred to as "ns") or more and 30,000ns or less. In order to prevent the color coating from being decomposed due to the burning phenomenon, it is more preferably 0.5ns or more, and more preferably 1ns or more. In order to improve the alignment accuracy during scanning exposure, it is more preferably 1,000ns or less, and more preferably 50ns or less.
於使用雷射產生裝置作為光源的情況下,雷射的頻率較佳為1Hz以上且50,000Hz以下,更佳為10Hz以上且1,000Hz以下。 When a laser generating device is used as a light source, the frequency of the laser is preferably greater than 1 Hz and less than 50,000 Hz, and more preferably greater than 10 Hz and less than 1,000 Hz.
進而,為了縮短曝光處理時間,雷射的頻率更佳為10Hz以上,進而佳為100Hz以上,為了於掃描曝光時提高對準精度,更佳為10,000Hz以下,進而佳為1,000Hz以下。 Furthermore, in order to shorten the exposure processing time, the laser frequency is preferably above 10 Hz, and more preferably above 100 Hz. In order to improve the alignment accuracy during scanning exposure, it is preferably below 10,000 Hz, and more preferably below 1,000 Hz.
與水銀燈相比,雷射容易聚焦,另外,於曝光步驟中的圖案形成中可省略光罩的使用,就該方面而言亦較佳。 Compared with mercury lamps, lasers are easier to focus. In addition, the use of masks can be omitted in the pattern formation in the exposure step, which is also better in this regard.
作為曝光裝置,並無特別限制,作為市售者,能夠使用卡利托(Callisto)(V科技(V-Technology)(股)製造)、AEGIS(V科技(股)製造)、DF2200G(大日本網屏製造(Dainippon Screen Mfg.)(股)製造)等。另外,亦可較佳地使用所述以外的裝置。 There is no particular limitation on the exposure device, and commercially available ones include Callisto (manufactured by V-Technology), AEGIS (manufactured by V-Technology), DF2200G (manufactured by Dainippon Screen Mfg.), etc. In addition, devices other than those mentioned above can also be preferably used.
另外,亦可根據需要而經由如長波長截止濾波器、短波長截止濾波器、帶通濾波器般的分光濾波器來調整照射光量。 In addition, the amount of irradiated light can be adjusted as needed through a spectroscopic filter such as a long-wavelength cutoff filter, a short-wavelength cutoff filter, or a bandpass filter.
另外,於所述曝光後,可根據需要進行曝光後加熱步驟(曝光後烘烤(Post Exposure Bake,PEB))。 In addition, after the exposure, a post-exposure heating step (Post Exposure Bake (PEB)) can be performed as needed.
<<(4)使用包含有機溶劑的顯影液對感光層進行顯影,製作遮罩圖案的步驟>> <<(4) Using a developer containing an organic solvent to develop the photosensitive layer and prepare a mask pattern>>
於(3)的步驟中,經由光罩對感光層進行曝光後,使用顯影液對感光層進行顯影。 In step (3), after the photosensitive layer is exposed through a photomask, the photosensitive layer is developed using a developer.
顯影較佳為負型。顯影液的詳細情況如所述感光層的說明中所記載般。 The development is preferably negative. The details of the developer are as described in the description of the photosensitive layer.
作為顯影方法,例如可應用:使基材於充滿顯影液的槽中浸漬固定時間的方法(浸漬法);藉由表面張力使顯影液堆積至基材表面並靜止固定時間來進行顯影的方法(覆液(puddle)法);將 顯影液噴霧至基材表面的方法(噴霧法);一邊以固定速度掃描顯影液噴出噴嘴,一邊朝以固定速度旋轉的基材上連續噴出顯影液的方法(動態分配法)等。 As developing methods, for example, the following can be applied: a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with developer for a fixed time (immersion method); a method of developing by accumulating developer on the substrate surface by surface tension and keeping it still for a fixed time (puddle method); a method of spraying developer onto the substrate surface (spraying method); a method of continuously spraying developer onto a substrate rotating at a fixed speed while scanning a developer spray nozzle at a fixed speed (dynamic distribution method), etc.
於所述各種顯影方法包括自顯影裝置的顯影噴嘴向感光層噴出顯影液的步驟的情況下,所噴出的顯影液的噴出壓力(所噴出的顯影液的每單位面積的流速)較佳為2mL/s/mm2以下,更佳為1.5mL/s/mm2以下,進而佳為1mL/s/mm2以下。噴出壓力並不特別存在下限,但若考慮到處理量,則較佳為0.2mL/s/mm2以上。藉由將所噴出的顯影液的噴出壓力設為所述範圍,可顯著減少由顯影後的抗蝕劑殘渣所引起的圖案的缺陷。 When the various developing methods include the step of spraying a developer from a developing nozzle of a developing device onto a photosensitive layer, the spray pressure of the sprayed developer (the flow rate per unit area of the sprayed developer) is preferably 2 mL/s/mm 2 or less, more preferably 1.5 mL/s/mm 2 or less, and further preferably 1 mL/s/mm 2 or less. There is no particular lower limit for the spray pressure, but if the processing volume is taken into consideration, it is preferably 0.2 mL/s/mm 2 or more. By setting the spray pressure of the sprayed developer to the range, defects in the pattern caused by anti-etching agent residues after development can be significantly reduced.
該機制的詳細情況雖不明確,但認為其原因或許在於:藉由將噴出壓力設為所述範圍,顯影液對感光層賦予的壓力變小,感光層上的抗蝕劑圖案無意地削去或崩塌的情況得到抑制。再者,顯影液的噴出壓力(mL/s/mm2)為顯影裝置中的顯影噴嘴出口處的值。 Although the details of this mechanism are not clear, it is believed that the reason is that by setting the ejection pressure within the above range, the pressure applied by the developer to the photosensitive layer is reduced, and the unintentional scraping or collapse of the resist pattern on the photosensitive layer is suppressed. The ejection pressure of the developer (mL/s/mm 2 ) is the value at the developer nozzle outlet in the developer device.
作為調整顯影液的噴出壓力的方法,例如可列舉:利用泵等來調整噴出壓力的方法、或藉由利用來自加壓槽的供給來調整壓力而改變噴出壓力的方法等。 As methods for adjusting the ejection pressure of the developer, for example, there are: a method of adjusting the ejection pressure using a pump, etc., or a method of changing the ejection pressure by adjusting the pressure using the supply from a pressurized tank, etc.
另外,於使用包含有機溶劑的顯影液進行顯影的步驟之後,亦可實施在置換成其他溶劑的同時停止顯影的步驟。 In addition, after the step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent, a step of stopping the development while replacing the solvent with another solvent may be performed.
<<(5)去除非遮罩部的保護層及有機層的步驟>> <<(5) Step of removing the protective layer and organic layer of the non-masked part>>
於對感光層進行顯影來製作遮罩圖案後,藉由蝕刻處理而至 少將非遮罩部的所述保護層及所述有機層去除。所謂非遮罩部,是指未藉由對感光層進行顯影所形成的遮罩圖案來遮蔽的區域(藉由顯影而除去了感光層的區域)。 After developing the photosensitive layer to produce a mask pattern, the protective layer and the organic layer in the non-mask portion are removed by etching. The so-called non-mask portion refers to the area that is not masked by the mask pattern formed by developing the photosensitive layer (the area where the photosensitive layer is removed by developing).
所述蝕刻處理亦可分為多個階段來進行。例如,所述保護層及所述有機層可藉由一次的蝕刻處理去除,亦可於將保護層的至少一部分藉由蝕刻處理去除之後,藉由蝕刻處理來去除有機層(以及根據需要的保護層的剩餘部分)。 The etching process can also be divided into multiple stages. For example, the protective layer and the organic layer can be removed by a single etching process, or the organic layer (and the remaining portion of the protective layer as needed) can be removed by etching after at least a portion of the protective layer is removed by etching.
另外,所述蝕刻處理可為乾式蝕刻處理,亦可為濕式蝕刻處理,亦可為將蝕刻分為多次而進行乾式蝕刻處理與濕式蝕刻處理的態樣。例如,保護層的去除可藉由乾式蝕刻來進行,亦可藉由濕式蝕刻來進行。 In addition, the etching process may be dry etching, wet etching, or a method in which the etching is divided into multiple steps and dry etching and wet etching are performed. For example, the removal of the protective layer may be performed by dry etching or wet etching.
作為去除所述保護層及所述有機層的方法,例如可列舉:藉由一次的乾式蝕刻處理來去除所述保護層及所述有機層的方法A;藉由濕式蝕刻處理來去除所述保護層的至少一部分,其後藉由乾式蝕刻來去除所述有機層(以及根據需要的所述保護層的剩餘部分)的方法B等方法。 As methods for removing the protective layer and the organic layer, for example, there can be listed: method A for removing the protective layer and the organic layer by a single dry etching process; method B for removing at least a portion of the protective layer by a wet etching process, and then removing the organic layer (and the remaining portion of the protective layer as needed) by dry etching, etc.
所述方法A中的乾式蝕刻處理、所述方法B中的濕式蝕刻處理及乾式蝕刻處理等能夠按照公知的蝕刻處理方法來進行。 The dry etching process in the method A, the wet etching process and the dry etching process in the method B can be performed according to known etching process methods.
以下,對所述方法A的一態樣的詳細情況進行說明。作為所述方法B的具體例,可參考日本專利特開2014-098889號公報的記載等。 The following is a detailed description of one aspect of the method A. For a specific example of the method B, please refer to the description of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-098889, etc.
於所述方法A中,具體而言,可將抗蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻 遮罩(遮罩圖案),藉由進行乾式蝕刻,來去除非遮罩部的保護層及有機層。作為乾式蝕刻的代表性的例子,有日本專利特開昭59-126506號公報、日本專利特開昭59-046628號公報、日本專利特開昭58-009108號公報、日本專利特開昭58-002809號公報、日本專利特開昭57-148706號公報、日本專利特開昭61-041102號公報中記載的方法。 Specifically, in the method A, the anti-etching agent pattern can be used as an etching mask (mask pattern) to remove the protective layer and the organic layer in the non-masked part by dry etching. Representative examples of dry etching include methods described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-126506, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-046628, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 58-009108, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 58-002809, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 57-148706, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 61-041102.
作為乾式蝕刻,就使所形成的有機層的圖案的剖面形成得更接近矩形的觀點或進一步減少對有機層的損傷的觀點而言,較佳為於以下的形態下進行。 As dry etching, from the perspective of making the cross-section of the pattern of the formed organic layer closer to a rectangle or further reducing the damage to the organic layer, it is preferably performed in the following form.
較佳為如下形態,其包括:使用氟系氣體與氧氣(O2)的混合氣體,並進行蝕刻直至有機層不露出的區域(深度)為止的第一階段的蝕刻;於該第一階段的蝕刻後,使用氮氣(N2)與氧氣(O2)的混合氣體,並較佳為進行蝕刻直至有機層露出的區域(深度)附近為止的第二階段的蝕刻;以及於有機層露出後進行的過蝕刻。以下,對乾式蝕刻的具體手法、以及第一階段的蝕刻、第二階段的蝕刻、及過蝕刻進行說明。 The preferred embodiment includes: a first stage etching using a mixed gas of a fluorine-based gas and oxygen (O 2 ) to etch until the region (depth) where the organic layer is not exposed; after the first stage etching, a second stage etching using a mixed gas of nitrogen (N 2 ) and oxygen (O 2 ) to etch preferably until the vicinity of the region (depth) where the organic layer is exposed; and over etching after the organic layer is exposed. The specific dry etching method, as well as the first stage etching, the second stage etching, and the over etching are described below.
乾式蝕刻的蝕刻條件較佳為藉由下述方法,在算出蝕刻時間的同時進行。 The best etching conditions for dry etching are to calculate the etching time by the following method.
(A)分別算出第一階段的蝕刻的蝕刻速率(nm/min)與第二階段的蝕刻的蝕刻速率(nm/min)。 (A) Calculate the etching rate (nm/min) of the first stage and the etching rate (nm/min) of the second stage respectively.
(B)分別算出藉由第一階段的蝕刻而蝕刻所期望的厚度的時間與藉由第二階段的蝕刻而蝕刻所期望的厚度的時間。 (B) Calculate the time required to etch the desired thickness by etching in the first stage and the time required to etch the desired thickness by etching in the second stage.
(C)按照所述(B)中算出的蝕刻時間實施第一階段的蝕刻。 (C) Perform the first stage of etching according to the etching time calculated in (B).
(D)按照所述(B)中算出的蝕刻時間實施第二階段的蝕刻。或者,亦可藉由終點檢測來決定蝕刻時間,按照所決定的蝕刻時間實施第二階段的蝕刻。 (D) The second stage of etching is performed according to the etching time calculated in (B). Alternatively, the etching time may be determined by end point detection, and the second stage of etching may be performed according to the determined etching time.
(E)相對於所述(C)、(D)的合計時間,算出過蝕刻時間,實施過蝕刻。 (E) Calculate the etching time relative to the total time of (C) and (D) and perform etching.
作為所述第一階段的蝕刻中使用的混合氣體,就將作為被蝕刻膜的有機材料加工為矩形的觀點而言,較佳為包含氟系氣體及氧氣(O2)。另外,於第一階段的蝕刻中,對積層體蝕刻至有機層不露出的區域。因此,認為於該階段,有機層未受到損傷,或者損傷輕微。 The mixed gas used in the etching of the first stage preferably contains a fluorine-based gas and oxygen (O 2 ) from the viewpoint of processing the organic material as the etched film into a rectangular shape. In addition, in the etching of the first stage, the laminate is etched to the area where the organic layer is not exposed. Therefore, it is considered that the organic layer is not damaged or is slightly damaged at this stage.
另外,於所述第二階段的蝕刻及所述過蝕刻中,就避免有機層的損傷的觀點而言,較佳為使用氮氣及氧氣的混合氣體進行蝕刻處理。 In addition, in the etching and over-etching of the second stage, from the perspective of avoiding damage to the organic layer, it is preferred to use a mixed gas of nitrogen and oxygen for etching.
第一階段的蝕刻的蝕刻量與第二階段的蝕刻的蝕刻量的比率重要的是以第一階段的蝕刻中的有機層的圖案剖面的矩形性優異的方式決定。 The ratio of the etching amount of the first stage etching to the etching amount of the second stage etching is determined in such a way that the rectangularity of the pattern cross section of the organic layer in the first stage etching is excellent.
第二階段的蝕刻的蝕刻量於全部蝕刻量(第一階段的蝕刻的蝕刻量與第二階段的蝕刻的蝕刻量的總和)中的比率較佳為大於0%且50%以下,更佳為10%~20%。所謂蝕刻量,是指根據被蝕刻膜的殘存的膜厚與蝕刻前的膜厚之差算出的量。 The ratio of the etching amount of the second stage to the total etching amount (the sum of the etching amount of the first stage and the etching amount of the second stage) is preferably greater than 0% and less than 50%, and more preferably 10% to 20%. The so-called etching amount refers to the amount calculated based on the difference between the remaining film thickness of the etched film and the film thickness before etching.
另外,蝕刻較佳為包括過蝕刻處理。過蝕刻處理較佳為 設定過蝕刻比率來進行。過蝕刻比率可任意設定,但就光致抗蝕劑的耐蝕刻性與維持被蝕刻圖案(有機層)的矩形性的方面而言,較佳為蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻處理時間整體的30%以下,更佳為5%~25%,特佳為10%~15%。 In addition, etching preferably includes an overetching process. The overetching process is preferably performed by setting an overetching ratio. The overetching ratio can be set arbitrarily, but in terms of the etching resistance of the photoresist and maintaining the rectangularity of the etched pattern (organic layer), it is preferably less than 30% of the total etching process time in the etching step, more preferably 5% to 25%, and particularly preferably 10% to 15%.
<<(6)使用剝離液來去除保護層的步驟>> <<(6) Steps to remove the protective layer using a stripping fluid>>
蝕刻後,使用剝離液(例如水)將保護層去除。剝離液的詳細情況如所述保護層的說明中所記載般。 After etching, the protective layer is removed using a stripping liquid (e.g. water). Details of the stripping liquid are as described in the instructions for the protective layer.
作為利用剝離液來去除保護層的方法,例如可列舉自噴霧式或噴淋式的噴射噴嘴向抗蝕劑圖案噴射剝離液來去除保護層的方法。作為剝離液,可較佳地使用純水。另外,作為噴射噴嘴,可列舉於其噴射範圍內包含基材整體的噴射噴嘴、或可動式的噴射噴嘴且其可動範圍包含基材整體的噴射噴嘴。另外,作為另一態樣,可列舉於機械地剝離保護層後,將有機層上殘存的保護層的殘渣溶解去除的態樣。 As a method of removing the protective layer using a stripping liquid, for example, a method of removing the protective layer by spraying a stripping liquid from a spray nozzle of a spray type or a shower type onto the anti-etching agent pattern can be cited. As the stripping liquid, pure water can be preferably used. In addition, as a spray nozzle, a spray nozzle including the entire substrate in its spray range, or a movable spray nozzle and a spray nozzle whose movable range includes the entire substrate can be cited. In addition, as another aspect, an aspect of dissolving and removing the residue of the protective layer remaining on the organic layer after mechanically stripping the protective layer can be cited.
於噴射噴嘴為可動式的情況下,於去除保護層的步驟中自基材中心部至基材端部移動兩次以上並噴射剝離液,藉此可更有效果地去除抗蝕劑圖案。 When the spray nozzle is movable, it moves from the center of the substrate to the end of the substrate more than twice and sprays the stripping liquid during the step of removing the protective layer, thereby removing the anti-etching agent pattern more effectively.
於去除保護層後,亦較佳為進行乾燥等步驟。作為乾燥溫度,較佳為設為80℃~120℃。 After removing the protective layer, it is also better to perform drying steps. The drying temperature is preferably set to 80℃~120℃.
<用途> <Purpose>
應用了保護層形成用組成物的積層體可用於製造利用有機半導體的半導體器件(電子器件)。此處,所謂電子器件,是指含有 半導體且具有兩個以上的電極,並藉由電、光、磁、化學物質等來控制該電極間流動的電流或產生的電壓的器件;或者藉由所施加的電壓或電流而產生光或電場、磁場等的器件。 The laminated body to which the protective layer forming composition is applied can be used to manufacture semiconductor devices (electronic devices) using organic semiconductors. Here, the so-called electronic device refers to a device containing a semiconductor and having two or more electrodes, and controlling the current flowing between the electrodes or the voltage generated by electricity, light, magnetism, chemical substances, etc.; or a device that generates light or an electric field, a magnetic field, etc. by the applied voltage or current.
作為例子,可列舉:有機光電轉換元件、有機場效電晶體、有機電場發光元件、氣體感測器、有機整流元件、有機反相器、資訊記錄元件等。有機光電轉換元件可用於光感測器用途、能量轉換用途(太陽電池)的任一者中。該些中,作為用途,較佳為有機場效電晶體、有機光電轉換元件、有機電場發光元件,更佳為有機場效電晶體、有機光電轉換元件,特佳為有機場效電晶體。 As examples, organic photoelectric conversion elements, organic field effect transistors, organic electroluminescent elements, gas sensors, organic rectifier elements, organic inverters, information recording elements, etc. Organic photoelectric conversion elements can be used for any of photosensor applications and energy conversion applications (solar cells). Among these, organic field effect transistors, organic photoelectric conversion elements, and organic electroluminescent elements are preferred as applications, organic field effect transistors and organic photoelectric conversion elements are more preferred, and organic field effect transistors and organic photoelectric conversion elements are particularly preferred.
[實施例] [Implementation example]
以下,列舉實施例對本發明進一步進行具體說明。只要不脫離本發明的主旨,則實施例中示出的材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理順序等可適當地進行變更。因此,本發明的範圍並不限定於以下所示的具體例。於實施例中,只要無特別描述,則「份」及「%」為質量基準,各步驟的環境溫度(室溫)為23℃。 The following examples are given to further illustrate the present invention. The materials, usage amounts, proportions, processing contents, processing sequence, etc. shown in the examples may be appropriately changed without departing from the main purpose of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. In the examples, unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" are mass standards, and the ambient temperature (room temperature) of each step is 23°C.
<保護層形成用組成物的製備> <Preparation of composition for forming protective layer>
以成為下述表1所示的調配比(質量份)的方式混合各原料。混合後,使用攪拌機(熱磁攪拌器(hot magnetic stirrer),C-MAG HS4,IKA公司製造),於下述的攪拌條件下,分別攪拌保護層形成用組成物。攪拌結束後,於不鏽鋼壓力過濾器支架(賽多利斯(sartorius)公司製造),設置孔徑5μm的聚偏二氟乙烯 (polyvinylidene fluoride,PVDF)膜濾器(杜拉珀(Durapore),默克(Merck)公司製造),一邊使用其以2MPa加壓一邊過濾各組成物。 The raw materials were mixed in a manner to obtain the blending ratio (mass parts) shown in Table 1 below. After mixing, the protective layer forming composition was stirred separately under the following stirring conditions using a stirrer (hot magnetic stirrer, C-MAG HS4, manufactured by IKA). After the stirring was completed, a polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) membrane filter (Durapore, manufactured by Merck) with a pore size of 5 μm was set on a stainless steel pressure filter holder (manufactured by Sartorius), and each composition was filtered while being pressurized at 2 MPa.
<<攪拌條件>> <<Stirring conditions>>
.氛圍:大氣 . Atmosphere: atmospheric
.攪拌時間:240分鐘 .Stirring time: 240 minutes
.攪拌溫度:50℃ .Stirring temperature: 50℃
.攪拌構件的轉速:500rpm .Speed of stirring component: 500rpm
[表1]
各原料的具體規格如下所述。 The specific specifications of each raw material are as follows.
<原料> <Raw materials>
<<水溶性樹脂>> <<Water-soluble resin>>
.PVA:可樂麗(Kuraray)公司製造的PVA-205,Mw=24000。 . PVA: PVA-205 manufactured by Kuraray, Mw=24000.
.PVP:第一工業製藥公司製造的匹茲科爾(PITZCOL)K-90,Mw=1200000。 . PVP: PITZCOL K-90 manufactured by Daiichi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., Mw=1200000.
.HEC:富士軟片和光純藥公司製造的2-羥乙基纖維素,Mw=720000。 . HEC: 2-Hydroxyethylcellulose manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., Mw=720000.
<<特定親水性化合物>> <<Specific hydrophilic compounds>>
使用具有下述結構的B-1~B-8的化合物。式中,m表示氧伸乙基結構的平均加成莫耳數。 Use compounds B-1 to B-8 having the following structures. In the formula, m represents the average added molar number of the oxyethyl structure.
.B-1:二乙二醇(分子量=106。富士軟片和光純藥公司製造) . B-1: Diethylene glycol (molecular weight = 106. Produced by Fuji Films Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
.B-2:四乙二醇(分子量=194。富士軟片和光純藥公司製造) . B-2: Tetraethylene glycol (molecular weight = 194. Produced by Fuji Films Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
.B-3:聚乙二醇1000(Mw=1000,平均加成莫耳數m為20。富士軟片和光純藥公司製造) . B-3: Polyethylene glycol 1000 (Mw=1000, average addition molar number m is 20. Produced by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
.B-4:聚乙二醇1540(Mw=1540,平均加成莫耳數m為32。富士軟片和光純藥公司製造) . B-4: Polyethylene glycol 1540 (Mw=1540, average addition molar number m is 32. Produced by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
.B-5:二丙二醇(分子量=134。富士軟片和光純藥公司製造) . B-5: Dipropylene glycol (molecular weight = 134. Produced by Fuji Films Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
.B-6:三丙二醇(分子量=192。富士軟片和光純藥公司製造) . B-6: Tripropylene glycol (molecular weight = 192. Produced by Fuji Films Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
.B-7:下述結構的化合物(分子量=312) . B-7: Compound with the following structure (molecular weight = 312)
.B-8:下述結構的化合物(分子量=244) .B-8: Compound with the following structure (molecular weight = 244)
.B-9:四乙二醇單甲醚(分子量=208。富士軟片和光純藥公司製造) . B-9: Tetraethylene glycol monomethyl ether (molecular weight = 208. Produced by Fuji Films Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
[化26]
<<比較例中的親水性化合物>> <<Hydrophilic compounds in comparison examples>>
.C-1:乙二醇(分子量=62。富士軟片和光純藥公司製造) . C-1: Ethylene glycol (molecular weight = 62. Produced by Fuji Films Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
.C-2:1,3,5-金剛烷三醇(分子量=184。富士軟片和光純藥公司製造) . C-2: 1,3,5-adamantantriol (molecular weight = 184. Produced by Fuji Films Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
[化27]
<<界面活性劑>> <<Surfactant>>
.E-1:阿塞奇諾(Acetyrenol)E00(川研精細化學公司製造) . E-1: Acetyrenol E00 (manufactured by Kawaken Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd.)
.E-2:艾瑪萊克斯(EMALEX)710(日本乳膠公司製造) . E-2: EMALEX 710 (manufactured by Nippon Latex Co., Ltd.)
<<溶劑>> <<Solvent>>
.S-1:蒸餾水 .S-1: Distilled water
.S-2:甲醇(富士軟片和光純藥公司製造) . S-2: Methanol (manufactured by Fuji Films and Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
<評價> <Evaluation>
為了評價本發明的保護層形成用組成物的效果,形成包括有機層、使用實施例及比較例的各保護層形成用組成物而形成的保護層、以及根據需要的感光層的積層體,對蝕刻有機層後的保護層的裂紋抑制的效果、以及去除保護層後的有機層上的殘渣抑制的效果進行評價。 In order to evaluate the effect of the protective layer forming composition of the present invention, a laminate including an organic layer, a protective layer formed using each protective layer forming composition of the embodiment and the comparative example, and a photosensitive layer as required was formed, and the effect of suppressing cracks in the protective layer after etching the organic layer and the effect of suppressing residues on the organic layer after removing the protective layer were evaluated.
<裂紋抑制的評價>> <Evaluation of crack suppression>>
裂紋抑制的評價是藉由觀察暴露於乾式蝕刻中的保護層表面來進行。 The evaluation of crack suppression was performed by observing the surface of the protective layer exposed to dry etching.
首先,藉由以下方法形成積層體。於5cm見方的玻璃基板上旋塗包含有機半導體材料作為有機材料的下述組成的有機 層形成用組成物,於80℃下乾燥10分鐘,藉此形成厚度150nm的有機半導體層(有機層)。繼而,於所述有機半導體層上旋塗實施例及比較例的各保護層形成用組成物,於80℃下乾燥1分鐘,藉此形成厚度2μm的保護層。即,此處形成的積層體具有依序包含玻璃基板、有機半導體層(厚度150nm)及保護層(厚度2μm)的結構。 First, a laminate is formed by the following method. An organic layer-forming composition containing an organic semiconductor material as an organic material is spin-coated on a 5 cm square glass substrate, and dried at 80°C for 10 minutes to form an organic semiconductor layer (organic layer) with a thickness of 150 nm. Then, each protective layer-forming composition of the embodiment and the comparative example is spin-coated on the organic semiconductor layer, and dried at 80°C for 1 minute to form a protective layer with a thickness of 2 μm. That is, the laminate formed here has a structure including a glass substrate, an organic semiconductor layer (thickness 150 nm) and a protective layer (thickness 2 μm) in sequence.
<<<有機層形成用組成物的成分>>> <<<Composition of the organic layer forming composition>>>
使用耐熱性的卡普頓(Kapton)(註冊商標)黏著帶將積層體的玻璃基板側貼附於8吋晶圓(1吋為25.4mm),於下述條件下實施乾式蝕刻。然後,使用光學顯微鏡,以2.6mm×3.8mm的視野(倍率5倍)遍及基板上的整個範圍觀察蝕刻後的積層體表面(作為最上層的保護層的表面),計數表面產生的裂紋的個數。「裂紋」是指長度1μm以上的裂痕。然後,對應於該裂紋數,根據下述評價基準評價裂紋抑制的效果。 The glass substrate side of the laminate was attached to an 8-inch wafer (1 inch is 25.4 mm) using heat-resistant Kapton (registered trademark) adhesive tape, and dry etching was performed under the following conditions. Then, an optical microscope was used to observe the surface of the laminate after etching (the surface of the topmost protective layer) over the entire range on the substrate with a field of view of 2.6 mm × 3.8 mm (magnification 5 times), and the number of cracks generated on the surface was counted. "Cracks" refer to cracks with a length of more than 1 μm. Then, corresponding to the number of cracks, the crack suppression effect was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
<<<乾式蝕刻條件>>> <<<Dry Etching Conditions>>>
.裝置:日立高科技公司製造的U621 .Device: U621 manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Corporation
.源極功率:1000W . Source power: 1000W
.晶圓偏壓:0W .Wafer bias: 0W
.氣體流量:氧500scm、氮50scm . Gas flow rate: oxygen 500scm, nitrogen 50scm
.處理時間:20s .Processing time: 20s
<<<評價標準>>> <<<Evaluation Criteria>>>
.A:裂紋數為0個(未產生裂紋)。 . A: The number of cracks is 0 (no cracks).
.B:裂紋數為1個以上且4個以下。 . B: The number of cracks is more than 1 and less than 4.
.C:裂紋數為5個以上。 . C: The number of cracks is 5 or more.
<<殘渣抑制的評價>> <<Evaluation of Residue Suppression>>
殘渣抑制的評價是藉由以下方式進行:形成本發明的積層體,於自該積層體去除保護層的過程中,於保護層的形成前及去除後比較有機半導體層的表面狀態。 The evaluation of the residue suppression is performed by forming the laminate of the present invention, and in the process of removing the protective layer from the laminate, comparing the surface state of the organic semiconductor layer before and after the formation and removal of the protective layer.
首先,與裂紋抑制評價的情況同樣地,在玻璃基板上形成厚度150nm的有機半導體層。此處,對有機半導體層的表面,使用飛行時間二次粒子質譜法(Time-of-Flight Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry,TOF-SIMS)裝置(ION-TOF公司製造的TOF.SIMS5),測定源自有機半導體材料的訊號強度I0。源自有機半導體材料或者有機材料的訊號可根據該有機半導體材料或有機材料來適當確定。例如,於有機半導體材料為PCBM的情況下,可使用m/z=910的訊號作為源自有機半導體材料的訊號。於本評價中,亦測定m/z=910的訊號強度。 First, as in the case of crack suppression evaluation, an organic semiconductor layer with a thickness of 150 nm is formed on a glass substrate. Here, the signal intensity I 0 originating from the organic semiconductor material is measured on the surface of the organic semiconductor layer using a Time-of-Flight Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry (TOF-SIMS) device (TOF.SIMS5 manufactured by ION-TOF ) . The signal originating from the organic semiconductor material or the organic material can be appropriately determined based on the organic semiconductor material or the organic material. For example, when the organic semiconductor material is PCBM, a signal of m/z=910 can be used as a signal originating from the organic semiconductor material. In this evaluation, the signal intensity of m/z=910 is also measured.
繼而,與裂紋抑制評價的情況同樣地,於所述有機半導體層上形成厚度2μm的保護層。進而,於所述保護層上旋塗下述組成的感光性樹脂組成物,於80℃下乾燥1分鐘,藉此形成厚度2μm的感光層。即,此處形成的積層體具有依序包含玻璃基板、 有機半導體層(厚度150nm)、保護層(厚度2μm)及感光層(厚度2μm)的結構。 Then, similarly to the case of crack suppression evaluation, a protective layer with a thickness of 2 μm is formed on the organic semiconductor layer. Furthermore, a photosensitive resin composition of the following composition is spin-coated on the protective layer and dried at 80°C for 1 minute to form a photosensitive layer with a thickness of 2 μm. That is, the laminate formed here has a structure including a glass substrate, an organic semiconductor layer (thickness 150 nm), a protective layer (thickness 2 μm), and a photosensitive layer (thickness 2 μm) in sequence.
對該積層體實施兩次使用nBA(乙酸正丁酯)的30秒鐘的覆液顯影,去除感光層。其後,對該積層體實施兩次使用水的30秒鐘的覆液顯影,進而利用水進行噴淋清洗,去除保護層。藉此,獲得於玻璃基板上殘留了有機半導體層的積層體。此處,對所述積層體表面(即,作為最上層的有機半導體層的表面)再次實施TOF-SIMS測定,測定源自有機半導體材料的訊號I。 The laminate was subjected to 30-second overlay development using nBA (n-butyl acetate) twice to remove the photosensitive layer. Thereafter, the laminate was subjected to 30-second overlay development using water twice, and then spray-washed with water to remove the protective layer. In this way, a laminate with an organic semiconductor layer remaining on a glass substrate was obtained. Here, the surface of the laminate (i.e., the surface of the organic semiconductor layer as the top layer) was subjected to TOF-SIMS measurement again to measure the signal I derived from the organic semiconductor material.
然後,藉由下式來算出訊號I相對於訊號I0的強度比。訊號強度比越大,表示去除保護層後的有機半導體層的表面狀態越接近形成保護層前的有機半導體層的表面狀態,因此可認為抑制了殘渣的產生。 Then, the intensity ratio of the signal I to the signal I0 is calculated by the following formula. The larger the signal intensity ratio is, the closer the surface state of the organic semiconductor layer after removing the protective layer is to the surface state of the organic semiconductor layer before forming the protective layer, so it can be considered that the generation of residue is suppressed.
訊號強度比(%)=[I/I0]×100 Signal strength ratio (%) = [I/I 0 ] × 100
式中,I表示去除保護層後的有機層表面的源自有機材料的訊號強度,I0表示形成保護層前的有機層表面的源自有機材料的訊號強度。 Wherein, I represents the signal intensity originating from the organic material on the surface of the organic layer after the protective layer is removed, and I0 represents the signal intensity originating from the organic material on the surface of the organic layer before the protective layer is formed.
<<<感光性樹脂組成物的成分>>> <<<Composition of photosensitive resin composition>>>
..PGMEA:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 ..PGMEA: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
.感光性樹脂A-1的合成方法 . Synthesis method of photosensitive resin A-1
首先,將BzMA(甲基丙烯酸苄酯、16.65g)、THFMA(甲基丙烯酸四氫糠酯、21.08g)、t-BuMA(甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯、5.76g)及V-601(0.4663g、富士軟片和光純藥公司製造)溶解於PGMEA(32.62g)中,製備PGMEA溶液。繼而,於安裝有氮氣導入管及冷卻管的三口燒瓶中加入PGMEA(32.62g),升溫至86℃,歷時2小時向其中滴加所述PGMEA溶液。繼而,將該溶液攪拌2小時,其後使反應結束。將反應結束後的溶液注入至庚烷中,使聚合物成分再沈澱,藉由過濾而回收藉此所產生的白色粉體。結果,獲得重量平均分子量Mw為45000的感光性樹脂A-1。 Mw為1000以下的成分的含量為3質量%。 First, BzMA (benzyl methacrylate, 16.65 g), THFMA (tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, 21.08 g), t-BuMA (tert-butyl methacrylate, 5.76 g) and V-601 (0.4663 g, manufactured by Fuji Film and Koshun Chemical Co., Ltd.) were dissolved in PGMEA (32.62 g) to prepare a PGMEA solution. Then, PGMEA (32.62 g) was added to a three-necked flask equipped with a nitrogen inlet tube and a cooling tube, the temperature was raised to 86°C, and the PGMEA solution was dripped therein over 2 hours. Then, the solution was stirred for 2 hours, and then the reaction was terminated. The solution after the reaction was injected into heptane to re-precipitate the polymer component, and the white powder produced thereby was recovered by filtration. As a result, a photosensitive resin A-1 having a weight average molecular weight Mw of 45,000 was obtained. The content of components having a Mw of 1,000 or less was 3% by mass.
.感光性樹脂A-2的合成方法 . Synthesis method of photosensitive resin A-2
首先,將BzMA(16.65g)、THFAA(丙烯酸四氫糠酯、19.19g)、t-BuMA(5.76g)及V-601(0.4663g)溶解於PGMEA(32.62g)中,製備PGMEA溶液。繼而,於安裝有氮氣導入管及冷卻管的三口燒瓶中加入PGMEA(32.62g),升溫至86℃,歷時2小時向其中滴加所述PGMEA溶液。繼而,將該溶液攪拌2小時,其後使反應結束。將反應結束後的溶液注入至庚烷中,使聚合物成分再沈澱,藉由過濾而回收藉此所產生的白色粉體。結果,獲得 重量平均分子量Mw為45000的感光性樹脂A-2。Mw為1000以下的成分的含量為3質量%。 First, BzMA (16.65 g), THFAA (tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate, 19.19 g), t-BuMA (5.76 g) and V-601 (0.4663 g) were dissolved in PGMEA (32.62 g) to prepare a PGMEA solution. Then, PGMEA (32.62 g) was added to a three-necked flask equipped with a nitrogen inlet tube and a cooling tube, the temperature was raised to 86°C, and the PGMEA solution was dripped therein over 2 hours. Then, the solution was stirred for 2 hours, and then the reaction was terminated. The solution after the reaction was injected into heptane, the polymer component was reprecipitated, and the white powder produced was recovered by filtration. As a result, a photosensitive resin A-2 with a weight average molecular weight Mw of 45,000 was obtained. The content of components with Mw of 1000 or less is 3% by mass.
.光酸產生劑X:具有下述結構(式中,R11表示甲苯基,R18表示甲基)的化合物。大東化學(Daito Chemix)公司製造。 . Photoacid generator X: A compound having the following structure (wherein R 11 represents a tolyl group and R 18 represents a methyl group). Produced by Daito Chemix Co., Ltd.
.鹼性化合物Y:具有下述結構的硫脲衍生物。DSP五協食品&化學公司製造。 .Alkaline compound Y: A thiourea derivative having the following structure. Produced by DSP Gokyo Food & Chemical Co., Ltd.
.界面活性劑B:歐諾法(OMNOVA)公司製造,PF-6320。 .Surfactant B: manufactured by OMNOVA, PF-6320.
<評價結果> <Evaluation results>
將實施例及比較例的各結果示於所述表1中。由該結果可知,藉由本發明的保護層形成用組成物,在利用微影法的有機層的圖案化中,可抑制蝕刻有機層後的保護層的裂紋、以及去除保 護層後的有機層上的殘渣。 The results of the embodiments and comparative examples are shown in Table 1. From the results, it can be seen that the composition for forming a protective layer of the present invention can suppress cracks in the protective layer after etching the organic layer and residues on the organic layer after removing the protective layer in patterning of the organic layer using lithography.
進而,利用包括由各實施例的保護層形成用組成物所獲得的保護層的積層體,分別製作有機半導體器件。任一有機半導體器件的性能均無問題。 Furthermore, organic semiconductor devices were fabricated using laminates including protective layers obtained from the protective layer-forming compositions of the various embodiments. The performance of any of the organic semiconductor devices was satisfactory.
1:感光層 1: Photosensitive layer
1a:曝光顯影後的感光層 1a: Photosensitive layer after exposure and development
2:保護層 2: Protective layer
3:有機層 3: Organic layer
3a:加工後的有機層 3a: Organic layer after processing
4:基材 4: Base material
5:顯影後的感光層的去除部 5: Removal of the photosensitive layer after development
5a:蝕刻後的積層體的去除部 5a: The removed part of the laminate after etching
Claims (20)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2019-140023 | 2019-07-30 | ||
| JP2019140023 | 2019-07-30 |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| TW202121712A TW202121712A (en) | 2021-06-01 |
| TWI867013B true TWI867013B (en) | 2024-12-21 |
Family
ID=74230692
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW109125293A TWI867013B (en) | 2019-07-30 | 2020-07-27 | Composition for forming protective layer, layered film, protective layer, laminate, kit, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device |
Country Status (4)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JP7182007B2 (en) |
| KR (1) | KR102732365B1 (en) |
| TW (1) | TWI867013B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2021020361A1 (en) |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5077175A (en) * | 1988-08-30 | 1991-12-31 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Plasticized polyvinyl alcohol release layer for a flexographic printing plate |
| US5318874A (en) * | 1991-06-28 | 1994-06-07 | Somar Corporation | O-naphthoquinone diazide photosensitive coating composition containing a polyvinyl pyrrolidone compound and a stannic halide |
| JP2004302208A (en) * | 2003-03-31 | 2004-10-28 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Method for manufacturing lithographic printing original plate |
| TW201718246A (en) * | 2015-04-28 | 2017-06-01 | Fujifilm Corp | Laminate and kit |
Family Cites Families (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US3458311A (en) * | 1966-06-27 | 1969-07-29 | Du Pont | Photopolymerizable elements with solvent removable protective layers |
| EP0356954A3 (en) * | 1988-08-30 | 1991-05-08 | E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | A plasticized polyvinyl alcohol release layer for a flexographic printing plate |
| JP2000010291A (en) * | 1998-06-19 | 2000-01-14 | Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp | Photopolymerizable photosensitive material |
| JP5025107B2 (en) * | 2004-08-23 | 2012-09-12 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Method for manufacturing semiconductor device |
| KR101017550B1 (en) * | 2006-04-28 | 2011-02-28 | 아사히 가세이 일렉트로닉스 가부시끼가이샤 | Photosensitive resin laminate |
| JP2011215235A (en) * | 2010-03-31 | 2011-10-27 | Mitsubishi Paper Mills Ltd | Photosensitive planographic printing plate material |
| JP2014044810A (en) | 2012-08-24 | 2014-03-13 | Canon Inc | Method for manufacturing organic el device |
-
2020
- 2020-07-27 TW TW109125293A patent/TWI867013B/en active
- 2020-07-28 WO PCT/JP2020/028783 patent/WO2021020361A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2020-07-28 JP JP2021535339A patent/JP7182007B2/en active Active
- 2020-07-28 KR KR1020227003190A patent/KR102732365B1/en active Active
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5077175A (en) * | 1988-08-30 | 1991-12-31 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Plasticized polyvinyl alcohol release layer for a flexographic printing plate |
| US5318874A (en) * | 1991-06-28 | 1994-06-07 | Somar Corporation | O-naphthoquinone diazide photosensitive coating composition containing a polyvinyl pyrrolidone compound and a stannic halide |
| JP2004302208A (en) * | 2003-03-31 | 2004-10-28 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Method for manufacturing lithographic printing original plate |
| TW201718246A (en) * | 2015-04-28 | 2017-06-01 | Fujifilm Corp | Laminate and kit |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| JPWO2021020361A1 (en) | 2021-02-04 |
| JP7182007B2 (en) | 2022-12-01 |
| KR102732365B1 (en) | 2024-11-25 |
| WO2021020361A1 (en) | 2021-02-04 |
| TW202121712A (en) | 2021-06-01 |
| KR20220028041A (en) | 2022-03-08 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| TWI702147B (en) | Laminated body and set for manufacturing organic semiconductor | |
| KR20230044294A (en) | Method for manufacturing an organic layer pattern, and method for manufacturing a semiconductor device | |
| TWI830889B (en) | Laminated body, composition and set for forming laminated body | |
| US20220075265A1 (en) | Laminate, composition, and, laminate forming kit | |
| TW202200770A (en) | Removal of fluids, kits and semiconductor devices | |
| CN111788527A (en) | Laminate, water-soluble resin composition, and kit | |
| JP2021107473A (en) | Composition for forming protective layers, layer-like film, protective layer, laminate, kit and semiconductor device | |
| TWI867013B (en) | Composition for forming protective layer, layered film, protective layer, laminate, kit, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device | |
| TWI846892B (en) | Method for producing composition for forming protective layer, method for storing composition for forming protective layer, and application of the storage method | |
| CN111758074A (en) | Photosensitive layer, laminated body, photosensitive resin composition, kit, and manufacturing method of photosensitive resin composition | |
| JP2021110839A (en) | Laminates, protective layer forming compositions, kits and semiconductor devices | |
| CN113574455A (en) | Laminate, composition, and laminate-forming kit | |
| KR20210092789A (en) | Laminates, compositions, and kits for forming laminates | |
| TW201936396A (en) | Photosensitive layer, laminate, photosensitive resin composition, and kit |